-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, NsY0b8kggB9YNWXAbkVdmmO7+rvRgTKdwdBgi8dUCTGKLGEnrIfDbJtRGkhnUeaM f6V8P6kdYWRiBnJ1N9PW1A== 0000946275-08-000241.txt : 20080317 0000946275-08-000241.hdr.sgml : 20080317 20080317163856 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000946275-08-000241 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 19 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20071231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20080317 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20080317 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: IBT BANCORP INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000801122 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS [6022] IRS NUMBER: 251532164 STATE OF INCORPORATION: PA FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-31655 FILM NUMBER: 08693389 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 309 MAIN ST CITY: IRWIN STATE: PA ZIP: 15642 BUSINESS PHONE: 7248633100 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: IBT BANCORP INC STREET 2: 309 MAIN ST CITY: IRWIN STATE: PA ZIP: 15642 10-K 1 f10k_123107-0262.htm FORM 10-K 12-31-07 IBT BANCORP, INC.

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007

or

[ ]

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _________________ to __________________

 

Commission File Number: 1-31655

 

IBT BANCORP, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

 

Pennsylvania

 

25-1532164

(State or other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

309 Main Street, Irwin, Pennsylvania

 

 

15642

 

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

(Zip Code)

 

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (724) 863-3100  

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $1.25 par value

Stock Purchase Rights

 

American Stock Exchange
American Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. o YES  x NO

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. o YES  x  NO

 

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. x YES o NO

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

 

Large accelerated filer o

 

Accelerated filer x

 

Non-accelerated filer o

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
o YES  x  NO

 

 

Based on the closing sales price of the registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2007, as reported on the American Stock Exchange, the aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $94.4 million. Solely for purposes of this calculation, directors, executive officers and greater than 5% stockholders are deemed affiliates. 

 

As of March 6, 2008, there were 5,852,924 shares of the Registrant’s common stock outstanding.

 

 

 

 




IBT BANCORP, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007

 

INDEX

 

PART I

 

 

 

 

Page

Item 1.

 

Business

 

1

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

 

23

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

26

Item 2.

 

Properties

 

26

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

27

Item 4.

 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

 

27

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

 

29

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

 

29

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

40

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

42

Item 9.

 

Changes and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

76

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

76

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

 

76

 

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

77

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

 

79

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

 

91

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

 

93

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

97

 

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

98

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

 


PART I

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

IBT Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company” or “Registrant”) may from time to time make written or oral “forward-looking statements,” including statements contained in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (including this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the exhibits thereto), in its reports to stockholders and in other communications by the Company, which are made in good faith by the Company pursuant to the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

 

These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of the Company’s plans, objectives, expectations, estimates and intentions, that are subject to change based on various important factors (some of which are beyond the Company’s control including those discussed under Item 1A. Risk Factors). The following factors, among others, could also cause the Company’s financial performance to differ materially from the plans, the successful completion of our proposed merger with S&T Bancorp, Inc.; objectives, expectations, estimates and intentions expressed in such forward-looking statements: the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which the Company conducts operations; the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, inflation, interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations; the timely development of and acceptance of new products and services of the Company and the perceived overall value of these products and services by users, including the features, pricing and quality compared to competitors’ products and services; the willingness of users to substitute competitors’ products and services for the Company’s products and services; the success of the Company in gaining regulatory approval of its products and services, when required; the impact of changes in financial services’ laws and regulations (including laws concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance); technological changes, acquisitions; changes in consumer spending and saving habits; and the success of the Company at managing the risks involved in the foregoing.

 

The Company cautions that the foregoing list of important factors is not exclusive. The Company does not undertake to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of the Company.

 

Item 1. Business

 

General

 

IBT Bancorp, Inc. is a Pennsylvania corporation headquartered in Irwin, Pennsylvania, which provides a full range of commercial and retail banking and trust services through its wholly-owned banking subsidiary, Irwin Bank (collectively, the “Company”).

 

Irwin Bank (the “Bank”) was incorporated in 1922 under the laws of Pennsylvania as a commercial bank under the name “Irwin Savings and Trust Company.” In 2007, the Bank’s name was shortened to “Irwin Bank”. The Bank engages in a full-service mortgage, commercial and consumer banking business, as well as trust and provides a variety of deposit services to its customers. At December 31, 2007, the Bank operated through its main office, six branch offices, one loan center, and a trust office as well as through three supermarket branches. The Bank’s main office, full service branch offices, loan center, trust office and supermarket branches are located in the Pennsylvania counties of Westmoreland and Allegheny. The Bank’s web site address is “www.myirwinbank.com.”

 

1

 


 

References to the Company or Registrant used throughout this document generally refers to the consolidated entity which includes the main operating company, the Bank, unless the context indicates otherwise.

 

Proposed Merger with S&T Bancorp, Inc.

 

On December 16, 2007, S&T Bancorp, Inc. (“S&T”) and the Registrant entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Merger Agreement”) under which IBT will be merged with and into S&T. Concurrent with or immediately following the merger, the Bank will be merged with and into S&T Bank, a wholly-owned subsidiary of S&T.

 

Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, each share of the Registrant’s common stock will be converted into the right to receive, at the election of the holder: (i) $31.00 in cash; (ii) between 0.93 and 0.97 shares of S&T common stock with the precise exchange ratio to be determined based upon the average closing price for S&T common stock for a 20 trading day period prior to the date of the shareholder meeting at which the Merger Agreement will be considered; or (iii) a combination of cash and shares of S&T common stock. Elections will be subject to limitations set forth in the Merger Agreement that require that 45% of the outstanding shares of our common stock will be exchanged for cash with the remaining 55% of the outstanding shares to be exchanged for shares of S&T common stock. The Registrant has the right to terminate the Merger Agreement if (1) the average closing price of S&T’s common stock for the 20 consecutive trading days ending the day before the date on which the last regulatory approval is received is less than 85% of the closing price of S&T common stock on December 14, 2007, the last trading day preceding announcement of the Merger Agreement and (2) from December 16, 2007 through such date, S&T’s common stock has underperformed the Nasdaq Bank Index by more than 15%, unless S&T elects to increase the merger consideration per share pursuant to a formula specified in the Merger Agreement.

 

Three current members of the Registrant’s Board of Directors will be invited to join the Boards of S&T and S&T Bank. In addition, each member of the Registrant’s board of directors not appointed to the board of directors of S&T Bancorp, Inc. and S&T Bank will have the opportunity to serve on S&T Bank’s Westmoreland County Advisory Board.

 

The transaction is subject to customary closing conditions, including the receipt of regulatory approvals and approval by the Registrant’s stockholders. The Merger is currently expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2008.

 

All of the directors of the Registrant have agreed to vote their shares in favor of the approval of the Merger Agreement at the Registrant’s stockholder meeting to be held for the purpose of voting on the proposed transaction. In the event the Merger Agreement is terminated under certain circumstances, the Registrant has agreed to pay S&T a termination fee of $6,500,000.

 

The Merger Agreement also contains customary representations and warranties that S&T and the Registrant made to each other as of specific dates. The assertions embodied in those representations and warranties were made solely for purposes of the Merger Agreement, and are subject to important qualifications and limitations agreed to by the parties in connection with negotiating its terms. Moreover, the representations and warranties are subject to a contractual standard of materiality that may be different from what may be viewed as material to stockholders, and the representations and warranties may have been used for the purpose of allocating risk between S&T and the Registrant rather than establishing matters as facts.

 

2

 


 

The foregoing summary of the Merger Agreement is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of such document, which was filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 17, 2007 and is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

 

Competition

 

The Registrant’s primary market area consists of Westmoreland and Allegheny counties, Pennsylvania, which are part of the Pittsburgh Metropolitan Statistical Area (“Pittsburgh MSA”) and it is one of many financial institutions serving this market area. Based on data compiled by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) as of June 30, 2007 (the latest date for which such data is available), the Bank was ranked sixth of 22 FDIC-insured institutions in Westmoreland County with a 6.61% deposit market share and 19th out of 38 institutions in Allegheny County with a 0.30% deposit market share. The Bank was ranked 13th out of 62 institutions serving the Pittsburgh MSA with a 0.90% market share. Such data does not reflect deposits held by credit unions with which the Bank also competes. The competition for deposit products comes from other insured financial institutions such as commercial banks, thrift institutions and credit unions in the Registrant’s market area as well as with out-of-market financial institutions that offer deposits over the internet and through other delivery channels. Deposit competition also includes a number of insurance products such as annuities sold by local agents and investment products such as mutual funds and other securities sold by local and regional brokers. Loan competition comes from other insured financial institutions such as commercial banks, thrift institutions and credit unions.

 

Lending Activities

 

The Bank’s principal lending activity is the origination of loans secured primarily by first mortgage liens on properties in the Pittsburgh MSA. At December 31, 2007, the Bank’s loan portfolio included $75.0 million of residential first mortgage loans, $5.1 million of residential construction loans, $186.5 million of commercial and multi-family real estate loans, and $14.8 million of commercial construction loans. In addition, the Bank’s loan portfolio includes $15.3 million in home equity lines of credit which are also secured by liens on residential real estate. The Bank also offers commercial loans which are generally secured by non-real estate collateral and had $72.4 million in such loans in portfolio at December 31, 2007. The Bank lends to municipalities and other governmental entities and had $5.4 million of such loans in portfolio at December 31, 2007. The Bank also engages in consumer installment lending primarily in the form of home equity term loans and automobile loans. At December 31, 2007, the Bank had $98.8 million in home equity term loans and $1.9 million in automobile loans in portfolio. In addition, the Bank originates education loans guaranteed by the Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency (“PHEAA”) and held $7.2 million in such loans at December 31, 2007. Substantially all of the Bank’s borrowers are located in the Pittsburgh MSA and would be expected to be affected by economic and other conditions in this area. The Company does not believe that there are any other concentrations of loans or borrowers exceeding 10% of total loans.

 

3

 


Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of the Registrant’s loan portfolio in dollar amounts and in percentages of the portfolio at the dates indicated.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$

 

%

 

$

 

%

 

$

 

%

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

%

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

$

281,418

 

58.28

%

$

267,530

 

56.59

%

$

252,699

 

56.65

%

$

252,114

 

57.37

%

$

244,923

 

58.33

%

Installment

 

 

100,684

 

20.85

 

 

99,044

 

20.95

 

 

93,428

 

20.95

 

 

84,673

 

19.27

 

 

78,327

 

18.65

 

Commercial

 

 

72,444

 

15.00

 

 

74,168

 

15.69

 

 

63,508

 

14.24

 

 

61,140

 

13.91

 

 

59,591

 

14.19

 

Home equity lines of credit

 

 

15,281

 

3.17

 

 

16,598

 

3.51

 

 

19,684

 

4.41

 

 

23,201

 

5.28

 

 

21,963

 

5.23

 

Student

 

 

7,235

 

1.50

 

 

6,471

 

1.37

 

 

6,781

 

1.52

 

 

7,355

 

1.67

 

 

7,834

 

1.87

 

Municipal

 

 

5,371

 

1.11

 

 

8,375

 

1.77

 

 

9,149

 

2.05

 

 

10,050

 

2.29

 

 

6,268

 

1.49

 

Credit cards

 

 

104

 

0.02

 

 

100

 

0.02

 

 

62

 

0.01

 

 

45

 

0.01

 

 

38

 

0.01

 

Other

 

 

314

 

0.07

 

 

456

 

0.10

 

 

744

 

0.17

 

 

855

 

0.20

 

 

965

 

0.23

 

Total loans

 

 

482,851

 

100.00

%

 

472,742

 

100.00

%

 

446,055

 

100.00

%

 

439,433

 

100.00

%

 

419,909

 

100.00

%

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unearned discount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred loan origination
fees and costs

 

 

150

 

 

 

 

252

 

 

 

 

266

 

 

 

 

291

 

 

 

 

338

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

5,382

 

 

 

 

4,769

 

 

 

 

3,564

 

 

 

 

2,594

 

 

 

 

3,285

 

 

 

Total loans, net

 

$

477,319

 

 

 

$

467,721

 

 

 

$

442,225

 

 

 

$

436,548

 

 

 

$

416,286

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 


Loan Maturity Table. The following table sets forth maturities and interest rate sensitivity for all categories of loans as of December 31, 2007. Scheduled repayments are reported in the maturity category in which payment is due. Demand loans, loans having no stated maturity, and overdrafts are reported as due in one year or less.

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

Home equity
lines of
credit (2)

 

Installment

 

Commercial

 

 

Student (1)

 

Municipal

 

Credit
Cards (2)

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One year or less

 

$

13,907

 

$

15,281

 

$

12,169

 

$

11,487

 

 

$

 

$

314

 

$

104

 

 

 

314

 

 

$

53,576

After 1 year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 to 5 years

 

 

64,027

 

 

 

 

41,024

 

 

19,196

 

 

 

7,235

 

 

226

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

131,708

After 5 years

 

 

203,484

 

 

 

 

47,491

 

 

41,761

 

 

 

 

 

4,831

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

297,567

Total due after one year

 

 

267,511

 

 

 

 

88,515

 

 

60,957

 

 

 

7,235

 

 

5,057

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

429,275

Total amount due

 

$

281,418

 

$

15,281

 

$

100,684

 

$

72,444

 

 

$

7,235

 

$

5,371

 

$

104

 

 

$

314

 

 

$

482,851

 

__________________

(1)

Student loans are sold when repayment begins; assumption is that all Student loans will mature in 1 to 5 years.

(2)

Home equity credit lines and credit card loans have no stated maturities; therefore they are classified as due in one year or less.

 

Loan Sensitivity Table. The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2007, the dollar amount of all loans due after December 31, 2008, based upon fixed rates of interest or floating or adjustable interest rates.

 

 

 

Fixed Rates

 

Floating or
Adjustable Rates

 

Total

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage (1)

 

$

188,472

 

$

79,039

 

$

267,511

Installment

 

 

86,538

 

 

1,977

 

 

88,515

Commercial

 

 

21,131

 

 

39,826

 

 

60,957

Student

 

 

 

 

7,235

 

 

7,235

Municipal

 

 

5,057

 

 

 

 

5,057

Total

 

$

301,198

 

$

128,077

 

$

429,275

(1)

Included in the mortgage loans portfolio are commercial real estate loans. Commercial real estate loans are fixed-rate loans that are primarily callable loans, which reprice every three, five or ten years, based upon the interest rate on similar loans at the time of repricing. See “Mortgage Loans.”

 

5

 


Mortgage Loans. The Registrant’s primary lending activity consists of the origination of residential and commercial mortgage loans secured by property in its primary market area. The mortgage loan portfolio consists of one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, multi-family real estate, commercial real estate loans, and construction loans.

 

The Registrant had approximately $75.0 million of one-to-four family residential mortgage loans in its mortgage loan portfolio at December 31, 2007. The Registrant generally originates one-to-four family residential mortgage loans in amounts of up to 80% of the appraised value of the mortgaged property without requiring mortgage insurance. The Registrant will originate residential mortgage loans in an amount up to 95% of the appraised value of a mortgaged property; however, the borrower is required to obtain mortgage insurance for the amount in excess of 80%. The Registrant offers residential fixed-rate loans and adjustable-rate loans with amortization periods ranging from 15 to 30 years. Interest rates for residential adjustable-rate loans residences adjust every 12 months based upon the weekly average yield on the one-year U.S. Treasury securities, plus a margin of 2.75 percentage points. These adjustable-rate loans have an interest rate cap of two percentage points per year and six percentage points over the life of the loan, and are originated for retention in the portfolio.

 

Fixed-rate residential mortgage loans are underwritten in accordance with FannieMae guidelines. Currently, loans underwritten in accordance with FannieMae guidelines are generally sold in the secondary market. However, the number of saleable loans could vary materially as a result of market conditions. The Registrant generally charges a higher interest rate if loans are not saleable under FannieMae guidelines. At December 31, 2007, $188.5 million of the Registrant’s mortgage portfolio consisted of long-term, fixed-rate mortgage loans of which $963,000 were classified as held-for-sale. The Registrant does not service any loans that are sold and the Registrant is generally not liable for these loans (i.e., “nonrecourse loans”).

 

Substantially all of the Registrant’s one-to-four family mortgages include “due on sale” clauses, which are provisions giving the Registrant the right to declare a loan immediately payable if the borrower sells or otherwise transfers an interest in the property to a third party.

 

Property appraisals on real estate securing the Registrant’s one-to-four family residential loans over $250,000 are made by appraisers approved by the Board of Directors. Appraisals are performed in accordance with applicable regulations and policies. The Registrant obtains title insurance policies on all purchase money first mortgage real estate loans originated.

 

The Registrant’s commercial real estate mortgage loans are long-term loans secured primarily by multi-family dwelling units and commercial real estate. Essentially all originated commercial real estate loans are within its market area. Commercial real estate loans are originated at adjustable rates of interest.

 

Adjustable-rate commercial mortgage loans have interest rates that reprice every 3, 5 or 10 years and are based on the corresponding FHLB advance rate plus up to 2.75 percentage points. Adjustable-rate commercial mortgage loans generally have terms of up to 20 years and no maximum interest rate.

 

As of December 31, 2007, the Registrant’s commercial real estate loans totaled $186.5 million of the mortgage portfolio. Typically, commercial real estate loans are originated in amounts up to 80% of the appraised value of the mortgaged property.

 

The Registrant also originates loans to finance the construction of one-to-four family dwellings and commercial real estate. The Registrant makes construction loans both to individuals constructing their own residence and to developers constructing homes for resale. Generally, the Registrant only makes

 

6

 


interim construction loans to individuals if it also makes the permanent mortgage loan on the property. Interim construction loans generally have terms of up to 12 months with fixed rates of interest. At December 31, 2007, construction loans totaled $25.6 million with $12.0 million of that total yet to be disbursed.

 

Construction financing is generally considered to involve a higher degree of risk of loss than long-term financing on improved, occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan is dependent largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction and the estimated cost (including interest) of construction. During the construction phase, a number of factors could result in delays and cost overruns. If the estimate of construction costs proves to be inaccurate, the Registrant may be required to advance funds beyond the amount originally committed to permit completion. If the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate, the Registrant may be confronted, at or prior to the maturity of the loan, with a project having a value which is insufficient to assure full repayment.

 

Installment Loans. Installment loans primarily consist of home equity term loans and to a lesser extent automobile loans. Home equity loans are secured primarily by one-to-four family residences. The Registrant originates these loans with fixed rates with terms of up to 20 years. These loans are subject to 90% combined loan-to-value limitation, including any outstanding mortgages or liens, without requiring mortgage insurance. The Registrant will originate home equity loans in an amount up 100% of the appraised value, however, mortgage insurance for the borrower may be required. The Registrant originates automobile loans with fixed rates of interest and terms of up to five years. At December 31, 2007, home equity term loans totaled $100.7 million.

 

Commercial Loans. Commercial loans consist of loans secured by equipment, accounts receivables, inventory, and other business purpose loans. Such loans are generally secured by either the underlying collateral and/or by the personal guarantees of the borrower.

 

Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment and other income and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial business loans typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself and the general economic environment.

 

Home Equity Lines of Credit. Revolving home equity lines of credit are secured primarily by one-to-four family residences. The lines of credit are generally subject to a 90% combined loan-to-value limitation, including all outstanding mortgages and liens.

 

Student. The Bank originates education loans under PHEAA’s Keystone Stafford and PHEAA’s Plus programs. These programs are open to residents of Pennsylvania and parents of students at Pennsylvania post-secondary schools. Interest rates on these loans are currently equal to the 91-day U.S. Treasury bill rate plus a margin of 3.1 percentage points. Borrowers may defer and capitalize interest during periods of educational enrollment, unemployment or economic hardship. The Bank generally sells these loans to the PHEAA when repayment begins. Payments of principal and interest on these loans are guaranteed by the PHEAA and reinsured by the U.S. Department of Education under the Federal Family Education Loan Program.

 

Municipal Loans. The Bank makes loans to various local municipalities. Such loans are generally unsecured and are obtained through competitive bidding. Municipal loans have terms of between 1 and 15 years and provide for payments of principal and interest during their terms. The interest earned on these loans is tax-exempt.

 

7

 


 

Loan Approval Authority and Underwriting. The Registrant establishes various lending limits for its officers and maintains an officer review committee. Certain officers generally have authority to approve loans up to $500,000. Loans up to $1,000,000 are approved by an officer review committee (“ORC”). The ORC consists of the President and at least four other officers appointed by the President. All loans over $1,000,000 are approved by the Board of Directors.

 

Upon receipt of a completed loan application from a prospective borrower, a credit report is ordered. Income and certain other information is verified. If necessary, additional financial information may be requested. An appraisal or other estimate of value of the real estate intended to be used as security for the proposed loan is obtained. Appraisals are performed by independent appraisers.

 

Title insurance is generally required on all purchase money real estate mortgage loans. Borrowers also must obtain fire and casualty insurance. Flood insurance is also required on loans secured by property that is located in a flood zone.

 

Loans to One Borrower Limits. By statute, the maximum amount of indebtedness that the Bank may have from any one customer may not exceed 15% of the Bank’s capital accounts. Pursuant to the national bank parity provisions of the Pennsylvania Banking Code, the Bank may also lend up to the maximum amounts permissible for national banks which are allowed to make loans to one borrower of up to 25% of capital and surplus in certain limited circumstances. At December 31, 2007, the Bank’s loans-to-one-borrower limit was $10.0 million and the largest amount of indebtedness from any single customer was $7.8 million. This indebtedness consisted of 5 loans to one borrower secured by multi-unit apartment buildings and one-to-four family dwellings.

 

Loan Commitments. Written commitments are given to prospective borrowers on all approved mortgage loans. Generally, the commitment requires acceptance within 7 days of the date of issuance. At December 31, 2007, commitments to cover originations of loans totaled $123.0 million.

 

Classified Assets. Federal bank regulators require insured depository institutions to regularly review their loan portfolios and to assign ratings to weak loans according to a prescribed asset classification system. Under this classification system, problem assets of insured institutions are classified as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss.” An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the insured institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection of principal in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. Assets that do not expose the Registrant to risk sufficient to warrant classification in one of the above categories, but which possess some weakness, are required to be designated “special mention” by management.

 

When an insured institution classifies problem assets as either “substandard” or “doubtful,” it may establish allowances for loan losses in an amount deemed prudent by management. When an insured institution classifies problem assets as “loss,” it is required either to establish an allowance for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the assets so classified or to charge off such amount. An institution’s determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its allowances is subject to review by the FDIC which may order the establishment of additional loss allowances.

 

8

 


The following table sets forth the Registrant’s classified assets in accordance with its classification system at the dates indicated.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special Mention

 

$

21,070

 

$

32,672

 

$

43,069

 

$

24,770

 

$

19,022

 

Substandard

 

 

19,673

 

 

14,438

 

 

7,798

 

 

3,940

 

 

8,756

 

Doubtful

 

 

3,726

 

 

136

 

 

240

 

 

259

 

 

668

 

Loss

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

44,478

 

$

47,246

 

$

51,107

 

$

28,969

 

$

28,446

 

 

The increases in substandard assets are due to the addition of commercial loans secured by real estate, which were classified due to either the financial condition of the individual borrower or the lack of current financial information on the borrower.

 

Other Real Estate Owned. Real estate acquired by the Registrant as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as other real estate owned until such time as it is sold. When other real estate owned is acquired, it is recorded at the lower of the unpaid balance of the related loan or its fair value less disposal costs. Any write-down of other real estate owned is charged to operations.

 

Nonperforming and Problem Assets

 

Loan Delinquencies. When a loan becomes 16 days past due, a notice of nonpayment is sent to the borrower. Telephone collection calls, letters and/or visits to the borrower are initiated at or after 16 days of the due date missed in an effort to resolve the delinquency. Generally, if the loan continues in a delinquent status for 90 days past due and no repayment plan has been reached, foreclosure, liquidation or other legal proceedings may be initiated.

 

Loans are reviewed on a monthly basis and are placed on a non-accrual status when the loan becomes more than 90 days delinquent and when, in our opinion, the collection of additional interest is doubtful. Normally, interest accrued and unpaid at the time a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is charged against interest income. Subsequent interest payments, if any, are either applied to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending on the assessment of the ultimate collectibility of the loan. In prior years, the Company continued accruing interest on loans more than 90 days past due if the loans were well secured and in the process of collection. In 2007, however, the Company determined to place all loans that were more than 90 days past due on non-accrual.

 

9

 


Nonperforming Assets. The following table sets forth information regarding nonaccrual loans and real estate owned, as of the dates indicated. As of the dates indicated, no loans were categorized as troubled debt restructurings within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 15. At December 31, 2007, the Company had $3.7 million in impaired loans within the meaning of SFAS No. 114, as amended by SFAS 118.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

2004

 

 

2003

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

$

3,926

 

 

$

 

 

$

111

 

 

$

120

 

 

$

567

 

Home equity lines of credit

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Installment

 

 

3

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

328

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Student

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit cards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

4,276

 

 

$

49

 

 

$

137

 

 

$

120

 

 

$

567

 

Accruing loans which are contractually past
due 90 days or more:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

 

801

 

 

 

2,657

 

 

 

541

 

 

 

3,618

 

 

 

704

 

Installment

 

 

9

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

10

 

Commercial

 

 

122

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

161

 

 

 

954

 

 

 

14

 

Home equity lines of credit

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Student

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit cards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

975

 

 

 

2,766

 

 

 

716

 

 

 

4,581

 

 

 

728

 

Total non-accrual and 90 day loans

 

 

5,251

 

 

 

2,815

 

 

 

853

 

 

 

4,701

 

 

 

1,295

 

Other real estate owned

 

 

306

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

1,767

 

 

 

254

 

Total non-performing assets

 

$

5,557

 

 

$

2,864

 

 

$

901

 

 

$

6,468

 

 

$

1,549

 

Total non-accrual and 90 day loans to net loans

 

 

1.10

%

 

 

0.60

%

 

 

0.19

%

 

 

1.08

%

 

 

0.31

%

Total non-accrual and 90 day loans to total assets

 

 

0.67

%

 

 

0.38

%

 

 

0.12

%

 

 

0.70

%

 

 

0.21

%

Total non-performing assets to total assets

 

 

0.71

%

 

 

0.39

%

 

 

0.13

%

 

 

0.96

%

 

 

0.25

%

 

As of December 31, 2007, there were no loans not reflected in the above as to which management had serious doubts as to the ability of borrowers to comply with present loan repayment terms. The increase in non-performing loans is due to the bankruptcy re-organization of two borrowers. The Company does not anticipate any significant losses since the loans are well secured. The loans shown as past due 90 days or more at December 31, 2007 reached their 90th day of delinquency on December 31. These loans were transferred to non-accrual in January 2008.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses. The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to absorb potential losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance is reviewed monthly and a provision for loan losses is charged against operations to bring the allowance to a level which, in management’s judgment, is adequate in light of the nature of the portfolio, credit concentrations, trends in historical loss experience, specific impaired loans, and economic conditions.

 

10

 


Large groups of homogeneous loans, such as residential real estate, small commercial real estate loans and home equity and consumer loans are evaluated in the aggregate using historical loss factors and other data. The amount of loss reserve is calculated using historical loss rates, net of recoveries on a five year rolling weighted average, adjusted for environmental, and other qualitative factors such as industry, geographical, economic and political factors that can effect loss rates or loss measurements.

 

Large balance and/or more complex loans such as multi-family and commercial real estate loans may be evaluated on an individual basis and are also evaluated in the aggregate to determine adequate reserves. As specific loans are determined to be impaired specific reserves are assigned based upon collateral value, market value, if determinable, or the present value of the estimated future cash flows of the loan.

 

The allowance is increased by a provision for loan loss which is charged to expense, and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Beginning in 2007, loans are placed on non-accrual status when they are more than 90 days past due. Previously, such loans would continue accruing if they were adequately collateralized and in the process of collection.

 

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that represents management’s best estimate of losses in the portfolio at the balance sheet date. However, there can be no assurance that the allowance for losses will be adequate to cover losses which may be realized in the future and that additional provisions for losses will not be required.

 

11

 


Activity in the Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth information with respect to the Registrant’s allowance for loan losses at the dates indicated:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans outstanding

 

$

482,701

 

$

472,490

 

$

445,789

 

$

439,142

 

$

419,571

 

Average loans outstanding

 

$

478,675

 

$

462,036

 

$

436,906

 

$

430,543

 

$

393,743

 

Allowance balance (at beginning of period)

 

$

4,769

 

$

3,564

 

$

2,594

 

$

3,285

 

$

2,873

 

Provision

 

 

900

 

 

1,500

 

 

1,200

 

 

600

 

 

600

 

Charge-Offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

 

(113

)

 

 

 

(64

)

 

(1,204

)

 

(11

)

Installment

 

 

(78

)

 

(63

)

 

(100

)

 

(127

)

 

(84

)

Commercial

 

 

(66

)

 

(192

)

 

(19

)

 

(8

)

 

(148

)

Home equity lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Student

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit cards

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

(95

)

 

(91

)

 

(88

)

 

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

 

 

(352

)

 

(348

)

 

(271

)

 

(1,339

)

 

(243

)

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

Installment

 

 

8

 

 

5

 

 

10

 

 

3

 

 

20

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

13

 

 

45

 

 

35

 

Home equity lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Student

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit cards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

57

 

 

18

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

 

65

 

 

53

 

 

41

 

 

48

 

 

55

 

Net charge-offs

 

 

(287

)

 

(295

)

 

(230

)

 

(1,291

)

 

(188

)

Allowance balance (at end of period)

 

$

5,382

 

$

4,769

 

$

3,564

 

$

2,594

 

$

3,285

 

Allowance for loan losses as a percent
of total loans outstanding

 

 

1.11

%

 

1.01

%

 

0.80

%

 

0.59

%

 

0.78

%

Net loans charged off as a percent of
average loans outstanding

 

 

0.06

%

 

0.06

%

 

0.05

%

 

0.30

%

 

0.05

%

 

 

12

 


Allocation of the Allowance For Loan Losses. The following table shows the allocation of the Registrant’s allowance for loan losses by loan category and the percentage of total loans represented by each loan category at the date indicated.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

Amount

 

% of
Loans
to Total
Loans

 

Amount

 

% of
Loans
to Total
Loans

 

Amount

 

% of
Loans
to Total
Loans

 

Amount

 

% of
Loans
to Total
Loans

 

Amount

 

% of
Loans
to Total
Loans

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At end of period allocated to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

$

1,669

 

58.28

%

 

$

2,714

 

56.59

%

 

$

1,853

 

56.65

%

 

$

1,110

 

57.37

%

 

$

806

 

58.33

%

Installment

 

 

200

 

20.85

 

 

 

308

 

20.95

 

 

 

282

 

29.95

 

 

 

338

 

19.27

 

 

 

109

 

18.65

 

Commercial

 

 

3,485

 

15.00

 

 

 

1,693

 

15.69

 

 

 

1,395

 

14.24

 

 

 

889

 

13.91

 

 

 

2,217

 

14.19

 

Home equity lines of credit

 

 

16

 

3.17

 

 

 

26

 

3.51

 

 

 

32

 

4.41

 

 

 

43

 

5.28

 

 

 

138

 

5.23

 

Student

 

 

 

1.50

 

 

 

1

 

1.37

 

 

 

1

 

1.52

 

 

 

4

 

1.67

 

 

 

5

 

1.87

 

Municipal

 

 

3

 

1.11

 

 

 

16

 

1.77

 

 

 

1

 

2.05

 

 

 

210

 

2.29

 

 

 

9

 

1.49

 

Credit cards

 

 

 

0.02

 

 

 

 

0.02

 

 

 

 

0.01

 

 

 

 

0.01

 

 

 

 

0.01

 

Other

 

 

9

 

0.07

 

 

 

11

 

0.10

 

 

 

 

0.17

 

 

 

 

0.20

 

 

 

1

 

0.23

 

Total

 

$

5,382

 

100.00

%

 

$

4,769

 

100.00

%

 

$

3,564

 

100.00

%

 

$

2,594

 

100.00

%

 

$

3,285

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 


Investment Activities

 

The Registrant maintains a level of liquid assets, including short-term securities and certain other investments, which varies depending upon several factors, including: (i) the yields on investment alternatives; (ii) management’s judgment as to the attractiveness of the yields then available in relation to other opportunities; (iii) expectation of future yield levels; and (iv) management’s projections as to the short-term demand for funds to be used in loan origination and other activities. Investment securities, including mortgage-backed securities, are classified at the time of purchase, based upon management’s intentions and abilities, as securities held-to-maturity or securities available-for-sale. Debt securities acquired with the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and are stated at cost and adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, which are computed using the level yield method and recognized as adjustments of interest income. All other debt securities are classified as available-for-sale to serve principally as a source of liquidity.

 

Current accounting standards regarding investment securities (including mortgage backed securities) require the Registrant to categorize securities as “held-to-maturity,” “available-for-sale,” or “trading.” As of December 31, 2007, the Registrant had securities classified as “available-for-sale” (which included the stock we are required to hold in the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Pittsburgh as a member) in the amount of $256.0 million and had no securities classified as “held-to-maturity” or “trading.” Securities classified as “available-for-sale” are reported for financial reporting purposes at the fair market value with net changes in the market value from period to period included as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of income taxes. At December 31, 2007, the Registrant’s securities available-for-sale had an amortized cost of $248.9 million and market value of $251.5 million. Changes in the market value of securities available-for-sale do not affect the Company’s income. In addition, changes in the market value of securities available-for-sale do not affect the Bank’s regulatory capital requirements or its loan-to-one borrower limit.

 

At December 31, 2007, the Registrant’s investment portfolio policy allowed investments in instruments such as: (i) U.S. Treasury obligations; (ii) U.S. federal agency or federally sponsored agency obligations; (iii) mortgage-backed securities; (iv) municipal obligations; (v) banker’s acceptances; (vi) certificates of deposit; and (vii) investment-grade corporate bonds, and commercial paper. The board of directors may authorize additional investments.

 

As a source of liquidity and to supplement the Registrant’s lending activities, the Registrant has invested in residential mortgage-backed securities. Mortgage-backed securities can serve as collateral for borrowings and, through repayments, as a source of liquidity. Mortgage-backed securities represent a participation interest in a pool of single-family or other type of mortgages. Principal and interest payments are passed from the mortgage originators, through intermediaries (generally quasi-governmental agencies) that pool and repackage the participation interests in the form of securities. The quasi-governmental agencies guarantee the payment of principal and interest to investors and include FreddieMac, Government National Mortgage Association (“GinnieMae”), and FannieMae.

 

Mortgage-backed securities typically are issued with stated principal amounts. The securities are backed by pools of mortgages that have loans with interest rates that are within a set range and have varying maturities. The underlying pool of mortgages can be composed of either fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are generally referred to as mortgage participation certificates or pass-through certificates. The interest rate risk characteristics of the underlying pool of mortgages (i.e., fixed rate or adjustable rate) and the prepayment risk, are passed on to the certificate holder. The life of a mortgage-backed pass-through security is equal to the life of the underlying mortgages. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities due to scheduled repayments and

 

14

 


because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties. Mortgage-backed securities issued by FreddieMac and FannieMae make up a majority of the pass-through certificates market. The Registrant does not have any investments in subprime mortgage-backed securities or collateralized debt obligations.

 

Investment Portfolio. The following table sets forth the carrying value of the Registrant’s investment securities portfolio at the dates indicated:

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

Securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Obligations of U.S. government agencies

 

$

104,135

 

$

95,325

 

$

78,874

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

80,188

 

 

61,046

 

 

53,827

 

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

 

 

66,985

 

 

64,598

 

 

54,808

 

FHLB stock

 

 

4,423

 

 

5,197

 

 

5,470

 

Equity securities

 

 

184

 

 

234

 

 

8,288

 

Other securities

 

 

47

 

 

47

 

 

196

 

Total securities available-for-sale

 

$

255,962

 

$

226,447

 

$

201,463

 

 

 

15

 


Investment Portfolio Maturities. The following table sets forth certain information regarding carrying values, weighted average yields, and maturities of the Registrant’s investment securities portfolio as of December 31, 2007. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities as certain instruments have call features which allow prepayment of obligations.

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2007 (1)

 

 

 

 

One Year or Less

 

 

One to Five Years

 

 

Five to Ten Years

 

 

More Than Ten Years

 

 

Total Investment Securities

 

 

 

 

Carrying
Value

 

Average
Yield

 

 

Carrying
Value

 

Average
Yield

 

 

Carrying
Value

 

Average
Yield

 

 

Carrying
Value

 

Average
Yield

 

 

Carrying
Value

 

Average
Yield

 

 

Market
Value

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Obligations of U.S. government
agencies

 

 

$

 

%

 

 

$

7,116

 

5.11

%

 

 

$

86,972

 

5.173

%

 

 

$

10,047

 

6.29

%

 

 

$

104,135

 

5.28

%

 

$

104,135

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,132

 

4.05

 

 

 

 

1,877

 

3.69

 

 

 

 

70,179

 

5.25

 

 

 

 

80,188

 

5.09

 

 

 

80,188

 

Obligations of state and political
subdivisions (1)

 

 

 

350

 

5.14

 

 

 

 

1,750

 

4.95

 

 

 

 

11,867

 

4.96

 

 

 

 

53,018

 

4.23

 

 

 

 

66,985

 

4.38

 

 

 

66,985

 

FHLB stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,423

 

6.71

 

 

 

 

4,423

 

6.71

 

 

 

4,423

 

Equity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

184

 

3.80

 

 

 

 

184

 

3.80

 

 

 

184

 

Other securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

6.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

4.76

 

 

 

 

47

 

5.68

 

 

 

47

 

Total

 

 

$

350

 

5.14

%

 

 

$

17,023

 

4.59

%

 

 

$

100,716

 

5.12

%

 

 

$

137,873

 

4.98

%

 

 

$

255,962

 

5.01

%

 

$

255,962

 

 

____________________

(1)

Average yields have not been computed on a tax-equivalent basis.

 

 

16

 


Sources of Funds

 

General. Deposits are the major source of the Registrant’s funds for lending and other investment purposes. In addition to deposits, the Registrant derives funds from the amortization, prepayment or sale of loans, maturities of investment securities and operations. Scheduled loan principal repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit inflows and outflows and loan prepayments are significantly influenced by general interest rates and market conditions. The Bank can also borrow from the FHLB of Pittsburgh.

 

Deposits. Consumer and commercial deposits are attracted principally from within the Registrant’s primary market area through the offering of a broad selection of deposit instruments including checking, regular savings, money market deposits, term certificate accounts and individual retirement accounts. The Bank also offers a variety of deposit-related services for commercial customers, including merchant card processing, ACH origination, wire transfers, safe deposit boxes, and lock-box services. Deposit account terms vary according to the minimum balance required, the time periods the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate, among other factors. The Registrant regularly evaluates the internal cost of funds, surveys rates offered by competing institutions, reviews the Registrant’s cash flow requirements for lending and liquidity and executes rate changes when deemed appropriate. The Registrant does not obtain funds through brokers, nor does it solicit funds outside the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

Average
Balance

 

Average
Rate

 

Average
Balance

 

Average
Rate

 

Average
Balance

 

Average
Rate

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Checking accounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing

 

$

82,637

 

%

 

$

81,682

 

%

 

$

81,926

 

%

Interest-bearing

 

 

58,983

 

0.67

 

 

 

56,294

 

0.66

 

 

 

51,881

 

0.60

 

Passbook and club accounts

 

 

66,402

 

0.51

 

 

 

69,717

 

0.51

 

 

 

75,734

 

0.52

 

Money market accounts

 

 

59,295

 

3.06

 

 

 

52,671

 

2.54

 

 

 

62,225

 

1.67

 

Certificate accounts

 

 

311,067

 

4.68

 

 

 

274,047

 

4.17

 

 

 

245,654

 

3.31

 

Total

 

$

578,384

 

2.96

%

 

$

534,441

 

2.52

%

 

$

517,420

 

1.91

%

 

The following table indicates the amount of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more by time remaining at December 31, 2007 (in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 


Maturity Period

 

Certificates
of Deposit

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months or less

 

$

28,023

 

Over three months through six months

 

 

50,491

 

Over six months through twelve months

 

 

15,758

 

Over twelve months

 

 

6,047

 

Total

 

$

100,319

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 


Borrowings. Deposits are the primary source of funds for the Registrant’s lending and investment activities as well as for general business purposes. Should the need arise, the Registrant has a maximum borrowing capacity with the FHLB of Pittsburgh of $327.4 million. At December 31, 2007, there were outstanding $57.6 million of long-term FHLB borrowings.

 

The Bank offers its commercial checking customers a sweep account arrangement in which account balances are invested in U.S. Government and Agency securities on an overnight basis to provide a higher rate of return to these customers. The Bank’s obligation to repurchase these securities the next business day is classified as a borrowing by the Bank for financial reporting purposes.

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Bank’s repurchase agreements which were the only category of short-term borrowings (due within one year or less) whose average balance for the past fiscal year exceeded 30% of stockholders equity at December 31, 2007.

 

 

 

At or for the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average balance outstanding

 

$

42,280

 

$

30,747

 

$

20,209

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end
during the period

 

$

60,037

 

$

41,869

 

$

38,686

 

Weighted average interest rate during the period

 

 

4.65

%

 

4.62

%

 

2.79

%

Balance outstanding at end of period

 

$

44,944

 

$

27,417

 

$

18,443

 

Weighted average interest rate at end of period

 

 

4.13

%

 

4.87

%

 

3.51

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trust Services

 

The Bank offers a variety of trust services including trust management, estate planning and administration, investment counseling and management and retirement planning. The Bank serves as trustee for testamentary, living, irrevocable and charitable trusts, administers investment agencies, employee benefit plans, guardianships, special needs trusts and offers separately managed accounts. The Bank’s fees for these services are generally a percentage of the assets under management. As of December 31, 2007, the Bank had $192.6 million in assets under management compared to $126.9 million at December 31, 2006. The increase in assets under management in 2007 was primarily due to new trust accounts. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Bank had income of $550,000 from its trust services.

 

Personnel

 

As of December 31, 2007, the Registrant had 168 full-time and 40 part-time employees. None of the Registrant’s employees are represented by a collective bargaining group.

 

 

18

 


SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

 

Regulation of the Company

 

Set forth below is a brief description of certain laws which relate to the regulation of the Company and the Bank. The description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to applicable laws and regulations.

 

General. The Company, as a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. The Company is also required to file annually a report of its operations with the Federal Reserve and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. This regulation and oversight is generally intended to ensure that the Company limits its activities to those allowed by law and that it operates in a safe and sound manner without endangering the financial health of the Bank.

 

Under the Bank Holding Company Act, the Company must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before it may acquire control of another bank or bank holding company, merge or consolidate with another bank holding company, acquire all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company, or acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank or bank holding company if, after such acquisition, the Company would directly or indirectly own or control more than 5% of such shares.

 

Federal statutes impose restrictions on the ability of a bank holding company and its nonbank subsidiaries to obtain extensions of credit from its subsidiary bank, on the subsidiary bank’s investments in the stock or securities of the holding company, and on the subsidiary bank’s taking of the holding company’s stock or securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. A bank holding company and its subsidiaries are also prevented from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, lease or sale of property, or furnishing of services by the subsidiary bank.

 

A bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks and may not conduct its operations in an unsafe or unsound manner. In addition, it is the Federal Reserve policy that a bank holding company should stand ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital to its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and should maintain the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks. A bank holding company’s failure to meet its obligations to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks will generally be considered by the Federal Reserve to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice or a violation of the Federal Reserve regulations, or both.

 

Non-Banking Activities. The business activities of the Company, as a bank holding company, are restricted by the Bank Holding Company Act. Under the Bank Holding Company Act and the Federal Reserve’s bank holding company regulations, the Company may only engage in, or acquire or control voting securities or assets of a company engaged in, (1) banking or managing or controlling banks and other subsidiaries authorized under the Bank Holding Company Act and (2) any non-banking activity the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks to be a proper incident thereto. These include any incidental activities necessary to carry on those activities, as well as a lengthy list of activities that the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to the business of banking as to be a proper incident thereto.

 

Financial Modernization. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act permits greater affiliation among banks, securities firms, insurance companies, and other companies under a new type of financial services

 

19

 


company known as a “financial holding company.” A financial holding company essentially is a bank holding company with significantly expanded powers. Financial holding companies are authorized by statute to engage in a number of financial activities previously impermissible for bank holding companies, including securities underwriting, dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and agency; and merchant banking activities. The Act also permits the Federal Reserve and the Treasury Department to authorize additional activities for financial holding companies if they are “financial in nature” or “incidental” to financial activities. A bank holding company may become a financial holding company if each of its subsidiary banks is well capitalized, well managed, and has at least a “satisfactory” CRA rating. A financial holding company must provide notice to the Federal Reserve within 30 days after commencing activities previously determined by statute or by the Federal Reserve and Department of the Treasury to be permissible. In fiscal 2000, the Company submitted the required notice to the Federal Reserve and became a financial holding company.

 

Regulatory Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve has adopted capital adequacy guidelines under which it assesses the adequacy of capital in examining and supervising a bank holding company and in analyzing applications to it under the Bank Holding Company Act. The Federal Reserve’s capital adequacy guidelines are similar to those imposed on the Bank by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. See “Regulation of the Bank - Regulatory Capital Requirements.”

 

Restrictions on Dividends. The Pennsylvania Banking Code states, in part, that dividends may be declared and paid only out of accumulated net earnings and may not be declared or paid unless surplus (retained earnings) is at least equal to contributed capital. The Bank has not declared or paid any dividends that have caused its retained earnings to be reduced below the amount required. Finally, dividends may not be declared or paid if the Bank is in default in payment of any assessment due the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the Federal Reserve’s view that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the holding company’s net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the holding company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve also indicated that it would be inappropriate for a company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay dividends. Furthermore, under the federal prompt corrective action regulations, the Federal Reserve may prohibit a bank holding company from paying any dividends if the holding company’s bank subsidiary is classified as “undercapitalized.”

 

Regulation of the Bank

 

General. As a Pennsylvania-chartered commercial bank with deposits insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation which is not a member of the Federal Reserve, the Bank is subject to extensive regulation and examination by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, which insures its deposits to the maximum extent permitted by law. The federal and state laws and regulations applicable to banks regulate, among other things, the scope of their business, their investments, the reserves required to be kept against deposits, the timing of the availability of deposited funds and the nature and amount of and collateral for certain loans. The laws and regulations governing the Bank generally have been promulgated to protect depositors and not for the purpose of protecting stockholders. This regulatory structure also gives the federal and state banking agencies extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in such regulation, whether by the Pennsylvania

 

20

 


Department of Banking, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the United States Congress, could have a material impact on the Company and its operations.

 

Federal law provides the federal banking regulators, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Federal Reserve, with substantial enforcement powers. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease-and-desist or removal orders, and to initiate injunctive actions against banking organizations and institution-affiliated parties, as defined. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. Other actions or inactions may provide the basis for enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with regulatory authorities.

 

Pennsylvania Banking Law. The Pennsylvania Banking Code (“Code”) contains detailed provisions governing the organization, location of offices, rights and responsibilities of trustees, officers, and employees, as well as corporate powers, savings and investment operations and other aspects of the Bank and its affairs. The Code delegates extensive rule-making power and administrative discretion to the Pennsylvania Department of Banking so that the supervision and regulation of state chartered commercial banks may be flexible and readily responsive to changes in economic conditions and in savings and lending practices. In addition to the powers specifically granted, the Code authorizes state-chartered banks to engage in activities authorized to national banks and federal savings associations subject to the conditions, limitations and restrictions otherwise imposed.

 

The Code also provides state-chartered commercial banks with the powers to make certain leeway investments, subject to regulation by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Act, however, prohibits a state-chartered bank from making new investments, loans, or becoming involved in activities as principal and equity investments which are not permitted for national banks unless (1) the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation determines the activity or investment does not pose a significant risk of loss to the appropriate deposit insurance fund and (2) the bank meets all applicable federal capital requirements. Accordingly, the additional operating authority provided to the Bank by the Code is significantly restricted by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

 

Federal Deposit Insurance. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation is an independent federal agency that insures the deposits, up to prescribed statutory limits, of federally insured banks and savings institutions and safeguards the safety and soundness of the banking and savings industries. Previously, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation administered two separate insurance funds, the Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”), which generally insured commercial bank and state savings bank deposits, and the Savings Association Insurance Fund (“SAIF”), which generally insured savings association deposits.

 

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005, which was signed into law on February 15, 2006: (i) the BIF and the SAIF were merged into a new combined fund, called the Deposit Insurance Fund effective March 31, 2006, (ii) the current $100,000 deposit insurance coverage will be indexed for inflation (with adjustments every five years, commencing January 1, 2011); and (iii) deposit insurance coverage for retirement accounts have been increased to $250,000 per participant subject to adjustment for inflation. The FDIC has been given greater latitude in setting the assessment rates for insured depository institutions which could be used to impose minimum assessments.

 

The FDIC is authorized to set the reserve ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund annually at between 1.15% and 1.5% of estimated insured deposits. If the Deposit Insurance Fund’s reserves exceed the designated reserve ratio, the FDIC is required to pay out all or, if the reserve ratio is less than 1.5%, a portion of the excess as a dividend to insured depository institutions based on the percentage of insured deposits held on December 31, 1996 adjusted for subsequently paid premiums. Insured depository

 

21

 


institutions that were in existence on December 31, 1996 and paid assessments prior to that date (or their successors) are entitled to a one-time credit against future assessments based on their past contributions to the BIF or SAIF.

 

Pursuant to the Reform Act, the FDIC has determined to maintain the designated reserve ratio at its current 1.25%. The FDIC has also adopted a new risk-based premium system that provides for quarterly assessments based on an insured institution’s ranking in one of four risk categories based on their examination ratings and capital ratios. Beginning in 2007, well-capitalized institutions with the CAMELS ratings of 1 or 2 will be grouped in Risk Category I and will be assessed for deposit insurance at an annual rate of between five and seven basis points with the assessment rate for an individual institution to be determined according to a formula based on a weighted average of the institution’s individual CAMEL component ratings plus either five financial ratios or the average ratings of its long-term debt. Institutions in Risk Categories II, III and IV will be assessed at annual rates of 10, 28 and 43 basis points, respectively. The Bank anticipates that it will be able to offset its deposit insurance premium for the first half of 2008 with the special assessment credit.

 

In addition, all institutions with deposits insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation are required to pay assessments to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, an agency of the Federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the SAIF. The current quarterly assessment rate is approximately 0.00285% of insured deposits. These assessments will continue until the Financing Corporation bonds mature in 2017.

 

Regulatory Capital Requirements. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has promulgated capital adequacy requirements for state-chartered banks that, like the Bank are not members of the Federal Reserve System. At December 31, 2007, the Bank exceeded all regulatory capital requirements and was classified as “well capitalized.”

 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s capital regulations establish a minimum 3% Tier 1 leverage capital requirement for the most highly rated state-chartered, non-member banks, with an additional cushion of at least 100 to 200 basis points for all other state-chartered, non-member banks, which effectively increases the minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio for such other banks to 4% to 5% or more. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s regulation, the highest-rated banks are those that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation determines are not anticipating or experiencing significant growth and have well diversified risk, including no undue interest rate risk exposure, excellent asset quality, high liquidity, good earnings and, in general, which are considered a strong banking organization, rated composite 1 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System. Tier 1 or core capital is defined as the sum of common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus, and minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, minus all intangible assets other than certain mortgage and non-mortgage servicing assets and purchased credit card relationships.

 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s regulations also require that state-chartered, non-member banks meet a risk-based capital standard. The risk-based capital standard requires the maintenance of total capital (which is defined as Tier 1 capital and supplementary (Tier 2) capital) to risk weighted assets of 8%. In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, plus certain off balance sheet assets, are multiplied by a risk-weight of 0% to 100%, based on the risks the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation believes are inherent in the type of asset or item. The components of Tier 1 capital for the risk-based standards are the same as those for the leverage capital requirement. The components of supplementary (Tier 2) capital include cumulative perpetual preferred stock, mandatory subordinated debt, perpetual subordinated debt, intermediate-term preferred stock, up to 45% of unrealized gains on equity securities and a bank’s allowance for loan and lease losses. Allowance for loan and lease losses includable in supplementary capital is limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted

 

22

 


assets. Overall, the amount of supplementary capital that may be included in total capital is limited to 100% of Tier 1 capital.

 

A bank that has less than the minimum leverage capital requirement is subject to various capital plan and activities restriction requirements. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s regulations also provide that any insured depository institution with a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets that is less than 2.0% is deemed to be operating in an unsafe or unsound condition pursuant to Section 8(a) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and could be subject to termination of deposit insurance.

 

The Bank is also subject to minimum capital requirements imposed by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking on Pennsylvania-chartered depository institutions. Under the Pennsylvania Department of Banking’s capital regulations, a Pennsylvania bank or savings bank must maintain a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital (as defined under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s capital regulations) to total assets of 4%. In addition, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking has the supervisory discretion to require a higher leverage ratio for any institutions based on the institution’s substandard performance in any of a number of areas. The Bank was in compliance with both the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking capital requirements as of December 31, 2007.

 

Affiliate Transaction Restrictions. Federal laws strictly limit the ability of banks to engage in transactions with their affiliates, including their bank holding companies. In particular, loans by a subsidiary bank to its parent company or the nonbank subsidiaries of the bank holding company are limited to 10% of a bank subsidiary’s capital and surplus and, with respect to such parent company and all such nonbank subsidiaries, to an aggregate of 20% of the bank subsidiary’s capital and surplus. Further, loans and other extensions of credit generally are required to be secured by eligible collateral in specified amounts. Federal law also requires that all transactions between a bank and its affiliates be on terms as favorable to the bank as transactions with non-affiliates.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, which is one of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. Each Federal Home Loan Bank serves as a reserve or central bank for its members within its assigned region. It is funded primarily from funds deposited by member institutions and proceeds from the sale of consolidated obligations of the Federal Home Loan Bank system. It makes loans to members (i.e., advances) in accordance with policies and procedures established by the board of directors of the Federal Home Loan Bank.

 

As a member, it is required to purchase and maintain stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh in an amount from 4.5% to 6.0% of its outstanding residential mortgage loans plus 0% to 1.5% of its unused maximum borrowing capacity. At December 31, 2007, the Bank was in compliance with this requirement.

 

Federal Reserve System. The Federal Reserve requires all depository institutions to maintain non-interest bearing reserves at specified levels against their transaction accounts (primarily checking and NOW accounts) and non-personal time deposits. The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve may be used to satisfy the liquidity requirements that are imposed by the Department. At December 31, 2007, the Bank met its reserve requirements.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

Investing in our securities may involve certain risks, including the risks described below. You should carefully consider these risk factors together with all other available information and data before you decide to invest in our securities.

 

23


 

 

 

The price of our common stock is dependent on our proposed merger with S&T Bancorp, Inc.

 

We have agreed to merge with S&T Bancorp, Inc. Under the merger agreement, each share of our common stock will be converted at closing into the right to receive, at the election of the holder: (i) $31.00 in cash; (ii) between 0.93 and 0.97 shares of S&T common stock with the precise exchange ratio to be determined based upon the average closing price for S&T common stock for a 20 trading day period prior to the date of the shareholder meeting at which the merger agreement will be considered; or (iii) a combination of cash and shares of S&T common stock. Elections are subject to the limitations that 45% of our outstanding shares must be exchanged for cash and 55% must be exchanged for S&T common stock.

 

The announcement of the merger resulted in a substantial increase in the market price of our stock and it has since traded in tandem with the common stock of S&T Bancorp, Inc. The proposed merger is subject to substantial risks and uncertainties including the risk factors described in the Registration Statement on S-4 filed by S&T Bancorp, Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the merger. We have incurred substantial expenses in connection with the merger, which have affected our current earnings. In the event that we do not successfully compete the merger, our stock price could be adversely affected.

 

Our loan portfolio includes a substantial amount of commercial and commercial real estate loans.

 

Our commercial loan portfolio, including real estate and non-real estate loans, was $258.9 million at December 31, 2007, comprising 53.6% of total loans. Commercial loans generally involve a greater degree of risk of nonpayment or late payment than home equity loans or residential mortgage loans. Any significant failure to pay or late payments by our customers would hurt our earnings. The increased credit risk associated with these types of loans is a result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the size of loan balances, the effects of general economic conditions on income-producing properties and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans. A number of factors may affect a borrower’s ability to make or refinance a balloon payment, including the financial condition of the borrower, the prevailing local economic conditions and the prevailing interest rate environment.

 

Furthermore, the repayment of loans secured by commercial real estate is typically dependent upon the successful operation of the related real estate or commercial project. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. This cash flow shortage may result in the failure to make loan payments. In such cases, we may be compelled to modify the terms of the loan. In addition, the nature of these loans is such that they are generally less predictable and more difficult to evaluate and monitor. As a result, repayment of these loans may to a greater extent than residential loans be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or economy.

 

Our concentration of loans in the Pittsburgh area exposes us to the risk of a possible economic downturn affecting that area.

 

Because our loans are concentrated in the Pittsburgh area, a decline in the general economic conditions of this area could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In recent years, Pittsburgh has experienced the loss of several major employers and is expected to experience additional job losses and a decline in population. The Pittsburgh area is characterized by an aging population and household incomes below the national average. These factors may tend to limit economic growth and business opportunities.

 

24

 


If we have failed to provide an adequate allowance for loan losses, there could be a significant negative impact on our earnings.

 

The risk of loan losses varies with, among other things, general economic conditions, the type of loan being made, the creditworthiness of the borrower over the term of the loan and, in the case of a collateralized loan, the value of the collateral for the loan. Based upon factors such as historical experience, an evaluation of economic conditions and a regular review of delinquencies and loan portfolio quality, our management makes various assumptions and judgments about the ultimate collectibility of the loan portfolio and provides an allowance for loan losses. At December 31, 2007, our allowance for loan losses was $5.4 million which represented 1.1% of total loans and 96.9% of nonperforming loans. If our management’s assumptions and judgments prove to be incorrect and the allowance for loan losses is inadequate to absorb future credit losses, or if the bank regulatory authorities require the Bank to increase its allowance for loan losses, our earnings could be significantly and adversely affected.

 

As our loan portfolio has increased, we have increased our allowance for loan losses. Future additions to the allowance in the form of provisions for loan losses may be necessary due to changes in economic conditions or growth of our loan portfolio. As a result of the recent growth in our lending practices, a significant portion of our total loan portfolio may be considered unseasoned. Accordingly, specific payment and loss experience for this portion of the portfolio has not yet been fully established, and there is the potential for additional loan losses.

 

Future changes in interest rates may reduce our profits.

 

Our ability to make a profit largely depends on our net interest income, which could be negatively affected by changes in interest rates. Net interest income is the difference between:

 

 

the interest income we earn on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities; and

 

the interest expense we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and amounts we borrow.

If more interest-earning assets than interest-bearing liabilities re-price or mature during a time when interest rates are declining, then our net interest income may be reduced. If more interest-bearing liabilities than interest-earning assets re-price or mature during a time when interest rates are rising, then our net interest income may be reduced. At December 31, 2007, our interest-earning liabilities maturing or repricing within one year exceeded our interest-bearing assets maturing or repricing within one year by $479.2 million. As a result, the yield on our interest-earning assets should adjust to changes in interest rates at a faster rate than the cost of our interest-bearing liabilities and our net interest income may be reduced when interest rates decrease significantly for long periods of time.

 

The loss of any of our executive officers could hurt our operations

 

We rely heavily on our executive management team, the loss of any one of whom could have an adverse effect on our operations. As a community bank, our executive officers have more responsibility than would be typical at a larger financial institution with more employees. In addition, we have fewer senior level managers who would be in a position to succeed and assume the responsibilities of our executive officers. The loss of their business experience and relationships could affect our ability to generate loans and deposits.

 

25

 


Our shareholder rights plan could have the effect of deterring accumulations of our common stock.

 

The Company has adopted a shareholder rights plan pursuant to which the Company has distributed to each shareholder of record one right for each share held. The rights do not become exercisable until a person (other than an exempt person) acquires beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Company’s outstanding common stock or commences a tender or exchange offer that would result in the person becoming a 10% or greater beneficial owner (an “Acquiring Person”). In that event, each rights holder other than the Acquiring Person will be entitled to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock having value equal to twice the exercise price of the rights. In the event the Company merges with an Acquiring Person or an affiliate or associate of the Acquiring Person, the rights entitle holders other than the Acquiring Person to purchase a similar amount of that entity’s stock at half price. The effect of the shareholder rights plan would be to significantly dilute the ownership of an Acquiring Person which may deter persons from accumulating large positions in our common stock.

 

On December 16, 2007, the Registrant amended its Shareholder Rights Plan to provide that neither S&T Bancorp, Inc. ("S&T") nor any of its Subsidiaries, Affiliates or Associates, shall be or become an Acquiring Person as a result of the approval, execution, delivery or performance, or public announcement thereof, of the Agreement and Plan of Merger between S&T and the Company, dated as of December 16, 2007 (the "Merger Agreement"), any or all of the Voting Agreements (as defined in the Merger Agreement), or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

Various other provisions in our governing documents could have the effect on insulating management from a hostile takeover.

 

The Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws contain various other provisions that could have the effect of deterring changes in control which are not approved in advance by our Board of Directors, including:

 

 

Supermajority Vote Required for Business Combinations;

 

Consideration of Non-Monetary Factors in Evaluating Tender Offers;

 

Classified Board of Directors;

 

Restriction on Number of Directors and Filling Board Vacancies;

 

Additional Shares of Authorized Common Stock; and

 

Supermajority Vote Required for Charter Amendments.

 

These provisions could have the effect of deterring a change in control of the Company. As a result, shareholders who wish to participate in a change in control transaction may not have the opportunity to do so.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Properties

 

At December 31, 2007, the Registrant operated from its main office, six branch offices and three supermarket branch offices and one loan office and a trust office, all located in southwestern Pennsylvania. The total net book value of the Registrant’s investment in premises and equipment at December 31, 2007, was approximately $5.2 million. The main office of the Company and of the Bank and three branch offices are owned by the Bank and the remaining three branch offices, three supermarket

 

26

 


branch offices, and the Bank’s trust division and a loan center, are leased by the Bank. These leases have initial terms of one to twenty years, and all leases contain renewal options for additional periods of 1 to 5 years.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

The Registrant is periodically involved as a plaintiff or defendant in various legal actions, such as actions to enforce liens, condemnation proceedings on properties in which the Registrant holds mortgage interests, matters involving the making and servicing of mortgage loans and other matters incident to the Registrant’s business. In the opinion of management, none of these actions individually or in the aggregate is believed to be material to the financial condition or results of operations of the Registrant.

 

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.

 

 

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

(a)         Market for Common Equity. The Company's common stock is listed on the American Stock Exchange under the symbol "IRW." As of December 31, 2007, the Company had approximately 600 shareholders of record and 5,852,924 shares of common stock outstanding. The number of stockholders does not reflect persons or entities who hold their stock in nominee or "street" name through various brokerage firms.

 

The following table sets forth for each quarter during the last two fiscal years, the high and low sales prices for the Company’s common stock as reported on the American Stock Exchange along with cash dividends declared.

 

 

 

Price Range

 

Cash Dividends

 

 

High ($)

 

Low($)

 

Declared Per Share ($)

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

23.00

 

19.76

 

 

0.25

 

Second Quarter

 

20.85

 

18.04

 

 

0.25

 

Third Quarter

 

19.20

 

17.45

 

 

0.25

 

Fourth Quarter

 

28.85

 

15.30

 

 

0.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

20.62

 

18.62

 

 

0.25

 

Second Quarter

 

20.35

 

18.92

 

 

0.25

 

Third Quarter

 

22.12

 

20.05

 

 

0.25

 

Fourth Quarter

 

21.82

 

20.31

 

 

0.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The ability of the Company to pay dividends is dependent upon the ability of Irwin Bank to pay dividends to the Company. Because Irwin Bank is a depository institution insured by the FDIC it may not pay dividends or distribute capital assets if it is in default on any assessment due the FDIC.

 

27

 


Additionally, Irwin Bank is also subject to certain federal and state banking regulations. Under Federal Reserve Policy, the Company is required to maintain adequate regulatory capital and is expected to act as a source of financial strength to Irwin Bank and to commit resources to support Irwin Bank in circumstances where it might not do so absent such a policy. The policy could have the effect of reducing the amount of dividends declarable by the Company.

 

The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on the Common Stock with (a) the cumulative total shareholder return on stocks included in the Nasdaq Stock Market index and (b) the cumulative total shareholder return on stocks included in the Nasdaq Bank index, as prepared by the SNL Financial LC. All three investment comparisons assume the investment of $100 as of December 31, 2002 and the reinvestment of dividends. The graph provides comparisons at December 31, 2002 and each fiscal year through December 31, 2007.

 


 

 

Period Ending

Index

12/31/02

12/31/03

12/31/04

12/31/05

12/31/06

12/31/07

IBT Bancorp, Inc.

100.00

160.94

134.64

118.52

128.88

177.84

NASDAQ Composite

100.00

150.01

162.89

165.13

180.85

198.60

NASDAQ Bank

100.00

129.93

144.21

137.97

153.15

119.35

 

There can be no assurance that the Company's future stock performance will be the same or similar to the historical performance shown in the above graph. The Company neither makes nor endorses any predictions as to stock performance.

 

 

(b)

Use of Proceeds. Not applicable

 

 

(c)

Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities.

Not applicable

 

 

28

 


Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, except per share data)

 

SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

787,187

 

$

740,962

 

$

685,151

 

$

675,857

 

$

629,530

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

25,210

 

 

19,955

 

 

15,500

 

 

16,187

 

 

15,829

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

255,961

 

 

226,446

 

 

201,463

 

 

196,891

 

 

172,448

 

Loans receivable (net)

 

 

477,319

 

 

467,721

 

 

442,225

 

 

436,548

 

 

416,286

 

Deposits

 

 

610,757

 

 

572,472

 

 

520,486

 

 

526,217

 

 

492,158

 

Repurchase agreements

 

 

44,944

 

 

27,417

 

 

18,443

 

 

15,157

 

 

12,611

 

Federal funds purchased

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,468

 

 

 

 

7,900

 

FHLB advances

 

 

57,631

 

 

72,410

 

 

68,651

 

 

70,265

 

 

53,308

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

66,014

 

 

62,581

 

 

61,081

 

 

59,843

 

 

59,606

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SELECTED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

44,450

 

$

40,393

 

$

35,771

 

$

33,726

 

$

33,398

 

Net interest income

 

 

22,288

 

 

21,879

 

 

22,090

 

 

21,918

 

 

22,083

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

900

 

 

1,500

 

 

1,200

 

 

600

 

 

600

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

21,388

 

 

20,379

 

 

20,890

 

 

21,318

 

 

21,483

 

Other income

 

 

6,806

 

 

7,349

 

 

6,635

 

 

5,116

 

 

5,891

 

Loss on write-down of equity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,426

 

 

 

Other expense

 

 

18,025

 

 

17,237

 

 

16,187

 

 

15,095

 

 

14,300

 

Net income

 

 

7,856

 

 

8,456

 

 

8,579

 

 

6,085

 

 

9,646

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PER SHARE DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

1.34

 

$

1.43

 

$

1.45

 

$

1.02

 

$

1.62

 

Diluted

 

 

1.33

 

 

1.42

 

 

1.44

 

 

1.01

 

 

1.60

 

Cash dividends declared

 

 

1.00

 

 

1.00

 

 

0.92

 

 

0.80

 

 

0.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SELECTED RATIOS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets

 

 

1.04

%

 

1.18

%

 

1.26

%

 

0.92

%

 

1.59

%

Return on average equity

 

 

12.71

%

 

13.74

%

 

14.08

%

 

10.25

%

 

16.54

%

Ratio of average equity to average assets

 

 

8.16

%

 

8.61

%

 

8.97

%

 

9.02

%

 

9.59

%

Dividend payout

 

 

74.69

%

 

69.74

%

 

63.39

%

 

78.01

%

 

43.21

%

 

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 contains safe harbor provisions regarding forward-looking statements. When used in this discussion, the words "believes", "anticipates", "contemplates", "expects", “intends” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties which include changes in interest rates, risks associated with the effect of opening new branches, the ability to control costs and expenses, and general economic conditions. IBT Bancorp, Inc. undertakes no obligation to update those forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

29

 


General

 

IBT Bancorp, Inc. is a bank holding company headquartered in Irwin, Pennsylvania, which provides a full range of commercial and retail banking and trust services through its wholly owned banking subsidiary, Irwin Bank (collectively, the “Company”). The Company’s stock is traded on the American Stock Exchange under the symbol IRW. All per share amounts have been restated for the 100% stock dividend paid on November 16, 2006.

 

On December 16, 2007, S&T Bancorp, Inc. (“S&T”) and IBT Bancorp, Inc. (“IBT”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Merger Agreement”) under which IBT will be merged with and into S&T. Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, each share of IBT common stock will be converted into the right to receive, at the election of the holder: (i) $31.00 in cash; (ii) between 0.93 and 0.97 shares of S&T common stock with the precise exchange ratio to be determined based upon the average closing price for S&T common stock for a 20 trading day period prior to the date of the IBT shareholder meeting at which the Merger Agreement will be considered; or (iii) a combination of cash and shares of S&T common stock. Elections will be subject to limitations set forth in the Merger Agreement that require that 45% of the outstanding shares of IBT common stock will be exchanged for cash with the remaining 55% of the outstanding shares to be exchanged for shares of S&T common stock. IBT has the right to terminate the Merger Agreement if (1) the average closing price of S&T’s common stock for the 20 consecutive trading days ending the day before the date on which the last regulatory approval is received is less than 85% of the closing price of S&T common stock on December 14, 2007, the last trading day preceding announcement of the Merger Agreement and (2) from December 16, 2007 through such date, S&T’s common stock has underperformed the Nasdaq Bank Index by more than 15%, unless S&T elects to increase the merger consideration per share pursuant to a formula specified in the Merger Agreement. The transaction is subject to customary closing conditions, including the receipt of regulatory approvals and approval by the stockholders of IBT. The Merger is currently expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2008.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The most significant accounting policies followed by the Company are presented in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. The Company’s accounting and reporting policies conform with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and general practices within the financial services industry. The preparation of the financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Allowance for loan losses: The Company considers that the determination of the allowance for loan losses involves a higher degree of judgment and complexity than its other significant accounting policies. The balance in the allowance for loan losses is determined based on management’s review and evaluation of the loan portfolio in relation to past loss experience, the size and composition of the portfolio, current economic events and conditions, and other pertinent factors. All of these factors may be susceptible to significant change to the extent actual outcomes differ from management’s estimates, additional provisions for loan losses may be required that would adversely impact earnings in future periods.

 

Accounting for stock options: As of January 1, 2003, the Company adopted SFAS 123 as amended by SFAS 148 in regards to the accounting for stock options. As required by this statement, the Company recognized compensation expense in the income statement based on the estimated fair value of the options on the date of the grant.

 

30

 


Employer benefit plans: In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans (SFAS 158). The Company adopted SFAS 158 prospectively on December 31, 2006. SFAS 158 requires that the Company recognize all obligations related to defined benefit pensions. This statement requires that the Company quantify the plans’ funding status as an asset or liability on its consolidated balance sheets.

 

SFAS 158 requires that the Company measure the plans’ assets and obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the fiscal year. The Company is also required to recognize as a component of other comprehensive income (OCI) the changes in funded status that occurred during the year that are not recognized as part of net periodic benefit cost as explained in SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions.”

 

Financial Condition

 

At December 31, 2007, total assets increased $46.2 million, or 6.2%, to $787.2 million from $741.0 million at December 31, 2006. The increase in total assets was primarily the result of an increase of $9.6 million in net loans and $30.3 million in securities available for sale. Growth in the loan portfolio and securities available for sale was primarily funded by net increases of $38.3 million in deposit accounts and $17.5 million in repurchase agreements offset by decrease of $14.8 million in FHLB advances.

 

The increase in available for sale securities was mainly the result of purchases of $73.0 million offset by net proceeds from maturities and the sales of securities of $45.6 million. This resulted in net increases of U.S. Government agencies, obligations of state and political sub-divisions, and mortgage-backed securities of $8.8 million, $2.4 million, and $19.1 million, respectively. The Company periodically sells and purchases securities to maximize the return of the portfolio within the set policy limits established by the board of directors.

 

The increase in net loans is primarily due to increases in real estate secured mortgage and commercial loans, which increased $10.2 million and consumer installment loans, which increased $1.4 million. These increases were partially offset by decreases in municipal loans and consumer lines of credit of $3.0 million and $1.3 million, respectively. In June 2007, approximately $3.0 million in real estate secured commercial mortgages, previously included in non-performing accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more, were transferred to non-accrual status due to a change in accounting policy. The Company believes that these loans are sufficiently collateralized and does not anticipate any future losses.

 

At December 31, 2007, total liabilities increased $42.8 million, or 6.3%, to $721.2 million from $678.4 million at December 31, 2006. The increase was primarily related to the increases in interest-bearing deposits of $39.7 million and repurchase agreements of $17.5 million offset by a $14.8 million decrease in FHLB advances. The decrease in advances was due to maturities and repayment of amortizing loans.

 

Non-interest bearing deposits decreased $1.4 million to $84.1 million at December 31, 2007 from $85.6 million at December 31, 2006. This increase is exclusive of the net increase of $17.5 million in repurchase agreements. Under the terms of the repurchase agreements, deposits in designated demand accounts of the customer are put into an investment vehicle which is used daily to purchase aninterest in designated U.S. Government or Agencies’ securities. The Company in turn agrees to repurchase these investments on a daily basis and pay the customers the daily interest earned based on the current market rate. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

31

 


Interest-bearing deposits totaled $526.6 million at December 31, 2007, an increase of $39.7 million from December 31, 2006. The change was the result of increases in time deposits, money market, and interest bearing checking accounts of $32.3 million, $7.6 million, and $3.4 million, respectively, offset by a decrease in savings accounts of $3.7 million.

 

At December 31, 2007, total stockholders’ equity increased $3.4 million to $66.0 million from $62.6 million at December 31, 2006. The increase was primarily due to net income of $7.9 million for the period and an increase of $1.8 million in accumulated other comprehensive income (net of income taxes) offset by an increase in treasury stock purchased of $566,000, and dividends paid of $5.9 million. Accumulated other comprehensive income increased as a result of changes in the net unrealized gain on the available for sale securities and an increase for the application of SFAS 158. The change in the net unrealized gain on the available for sale securities was due to fluctuations in interest rates. Because of interest rate volatility, the Company’s accumulated other comprehensive income could materially fluctuate for each interim period and year-end. See Notes 2 and 15 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Results of Operations

 

Net Income: Net income decreased $599,000, or 7.1%, to $7.9 million, or $1.33 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $8.5 million, or $1.42 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2006. The decrease in net income for fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006 was primarily due to an increase of $788,000 in other expenses and a decrease in other income of $543,000. These changes were partially offset by an increase of $410,000 in net interest income and a decrease in the provision for loan losses of $600,000.

 

Net income decreased $124,000, or 1.4%, to $8.5 million, or $1.42 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $8.6 million, or $1.44 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease in net income for fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005 was primarily due to a $211,000 decrease in net interest income and increases in the provision for loan losses and other expenses of $300,000 and $1.1 million, respectively. A $34.1 million increase in average interest-bearing liabilities coupled with a 70 basis point increase in the cost of funds contributed to the decrease in net interest income. Offsetting these decreases was a $714,000 increase in other income attributable primarily to gains on sales of investment securities.

 

Net Interest Income: Net interest income is the most significant component of the Company’s income from operations. Net interest income is the difference between interest received on interest-earning assets (primarily loans and investment securities) and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities (primarily deposits and borrowed funds). Net interest income depends on the volume and rate earned on interest-earning assets and the volume and interest rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

 

Net interest income increased $410,000 to $22.3 million for 2007 compared to $21.9 million for 2006. The increase was primarily due to a $42.7 million increase in average interest earning assets and a 21 basis point increase in the average yield partially offset by a $40.2 million increase in average interest bearing liabilities and a 38 basis point increase in the cost of funds. As a result of these changes, the net interest margin narrowed to 3.11% for the 2007 fiscal year from 3.24% in the 2006 fiscal year.

 

Net interest income decreased $211,000 to $21.9 million for 2006 compared to $22.1 million for 2005. The decrease was primarily due to increases in average interest bearing liabilities of $34.1 million and a 70 basis point increase in the cost of funds. Partially offsetting the resulting increase in interest expense were a $35.3 million increase in the average interest earning assets and a 40 basis point yield

 

32

 


increase. As a result of these changes, the net interest margin narrowed to 3.24% for the 2006 fiscal year from 3.45% in the 2005 fiscal year.

 

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company’s average balance sheet and, reflects the average yield on assets and average cost of liabilities for the periods indicated. Such yields and costs are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods presented. Average balances are derived from daily balances.

 

33

 


 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Balance

 

Interest

 

Yield/Cost

 

 

Balance

 

Interest

 

Yield/Cost

 

 

Balance

 

Interest

 

Yield/Cost

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans receivable (1)

 

$

478,675

 

$

32,776

 

6.85

%

 

$

462,036

 

$

30,616

 

6.63

%

 

$

436,906

 

$

27,273

 

6.24

%

Investment securities (2)

 

 

237,233

 

 

11,604

 

4.89

%

 

 

210,761

 

 

9,671

 

4.59

%

 

 

200,528

 

 

8,437

 

4.21

%

Federal funds sold

 

 

1,565

 

 

69

 

4.41

%

 

 

2,010

 

 

106

 

5.27

%

 

 

2,029

 

 

61

 

3.01

%

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

717,473

 

 

44,449

 

6.20

%

 

 

674,807

 

 

40,393

 

5.99

%

 

 

639,463

 

 

35,771

 

5.59

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest earning assets (3)

 

 

40,319

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,138

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

757,792

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

714,957

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

679,601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market accounts

 

$

59,295

 

 

1,815

 

3.06

%

 

$

52,671

 

 

1,338

 

2.54

%

 

$

62,225

 

 

1,042

 

1.67

%

Certificates of deposit

 

 

311,067

 

 

14,560

 

4.68

%

 

 

274,047

 

 

11,430

 

4.17

%

 

 

245,654

 

 

8,126

 

3.31

%

Other liabilities (4)

 

 

236,350

 

 

5,786

 

2.45

%

 

 

239,749

 

 

5,746

 

2.40

%

 

 

224,533

 

 

4,514

 

2.01

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

606,712

 

 

22,161

 

3.65

%

 

 

566,467

 

 

18,514

 

3.27

%

 

 

532,412

 

 

13,682

 

2.57

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing liabilities (3)

 

 

89,264

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

86,944

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

86,244

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

695,976

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

653,411

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

618,656

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity (5)

 

 

61,816

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61,546

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60,945

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

757,792

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

714,957

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

679,601

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

$

22,288

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

21,879

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

22,089

 

 

 

Interest rate spread (6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.55

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.72

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.02

%

Net interest margin (7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.11

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.24

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.45

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

118.26

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

119.13

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120.11

%

 

(1)

Average balances include non-accrual loans, and are net of deferred loan fees.

(2)

Includes investment securities, interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions and FHLB stock.

(3)

Includes net deferred income taxes in excess of deferred tax benefits on AFS securities (SFAS 115), stock options (SFAS 123/148) and deferred fees (SFAS 109). Non-interest bearing liabilities include demand deposit accounts.

(4)

Includes FHLB advances, Federal funds purchased, and repurchase agreements.

(5)

Includes capital stock, surplus and accumulated other comprehensive income.

(6)

Interest-rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.

(7)

Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets.

 

 

34

 


The following table shows the effect of changes in volumes and rates on interest income and interest expense. The changes in interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in both volume and rate have been allocated to the changes due to rate. Tax-exempt income was not recalculated on a tax equivalent basis due to the immateriality of the change to the table resulting from a recalculation.

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007 vs. 2006

 

2006 vs. 2005

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

Due to

 

Due to

 

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Net

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Net

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans receivable

 

$

1,103

 

$

1,057

 

$

2,160

 

$

1,569

 

$

1,774

 

$

3,343

 

Investment securities

 

 

1,215

 

 

719

 

 

1,934

 

 

431

 

 

803

 

 

1,234

 

Other interest-earning assets

 

 

(23

)

 

(14

)

 

(38

)

 

(1

)

 

46

 

 

45

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

2,295

 

 

1,762

 

 

4,057

 

 

1,999

 

 

2,623

 

 

4,622

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market accounts

 

 

168

 

 

309

 

 

477

 

 

(160

)

 

456

 

 

296

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

1,544

 

 

1,586

 

 

3,130

 

 

939

 

 

2,365

 

 

3,304

 

Other liabilities

 

 

(81

)

 

121

 

 

40

 

 

306

 

 

926

 

 

1,232

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

1,631

 

 

2,016

 

 

3,647

 

 

1,085

 

 

3,747

 

 

4,832

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in net interest income

 

$

664

 

$

(254

)

$

410

 

$

914

 

$

(1,124

)

$

(210

)

 

 

35

 


Provision for Loan Losses: The Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $900,000, $1.5 million, and $1.2 million for 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. Changes in the provisions reflect the Company’s change in portfolio composition. The table below sets forth information with respect to activity in the Company’s allowance for loan losses for the years indicated:

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

2007

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

Total loans outstanding

$

482,702

 

 

$

472,490

 

 

$

445,789

 

Average loans outstanding

$

478,675

 

 

$

462,036

 

 

$

436,906

 

Allowance balances (at beginning of period)

$

4,769

 

 

$

3,564

 

 

$

2,594

 

Provision:

 

900

 

 

 

1,500

 

 

 

1,200

 

Charge-Offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

(113

)

 

 

 

 

 

(64

)

Installment

 

(78

)

 

 

(63

)

 

 

(100

)

Commercial

 

(66

)

 

 

(192

)

 

 

(19

)

Home equity lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PHEAA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit cards

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

Other

 

(95

)

 

 

(91

)

 

 

(88

)

Total charge-offs

 

(352

)

 

 

(348

)

 

 

(271

)

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Installment

 

8

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

10

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

13

 

Home equity lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PHEAA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit cards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

57

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

11

 

Total recoveries

 

65

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

41

 

Net charge-offs

 

(287

)

 

 

(295

)

 

 

(230

)

Allowance balance (at end of period)

$

5,382

 

 

$

4,769

 

 

$

3,564

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans outstanding

 

1.11

%

 

 

1.01

%

 

 

0.80

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loans charged off as a percent of average loans outstanding

 

0.06

%

 

 

0.06

%

 

 

0.05

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

 


The provision for loan losses is charged to operations to bring the total allowance for loan losses to a level that represents management’s best estimate of the losses inherent in the portfolio, based on a monthly review by management of the following factors:

 

 

Historical experience

 

Volume

 

Type of lending conducted by the Bank

 

Industry standards

 

The level and status of past due and non-performing loans

 

The general economic conditions in the Bank’s lending area; and

 

Other factors affecting the collectability of the loans in the portfolio

 

Large groups of homogeneous loans, such as residential real estate, small commercial real estate loans and home equity and consumer loans are evaluated in the aggregate using historical loss factors and other data. The amount of loss reserve is calculated using historical loss rates, net of recoveries on a five year rolling weighted average, adjusted for environmental, and other qualitative factors such as industry, geographical, economic and political factors that can effect loss rates or loss measurements. Watch and classified loans are allocated additional reserves.

 

Large balance and/or more complex loans such as multi-family and commercial real estate loans may be evaluated on an individual basis and are also evaluated in the aggregate to determine adequate reserves. As specific loans are determined to be impaired, specific reserves are assigned based upon collateral value, market value, if determinable, or the present value of the estimated future cash flows of the loan.

 

The allowance is increased by a provision for loan loss which is charged to expense, and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Beginning in 2007, loans are placed on non-accrual status when they are more than 90 days past due. Previously, such loans would continue accruing if they were adequately collateralized and in the process of collection.

 

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that represents management’s best estimate of losses in the portfolio at the balance sheet date. However, there can be no assurance that the allowance for losses will be adequate to cover losses which may be realized in the future and that additional provisions for losses will not be required.

 

Other Income: Total other income decreased $543,000, or 7.4% to $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Included in this change was a decrease of $818,000 in net investment security gains in fiscal 2007 from fiscal 2006. The net gains reported in 2006 primarily resulted from the sale of adjustable rate preferred stocks, which had been written down to fair market value in 2004 due to an other-than-temporary decline in value. The decline in net security gains offset improvements in income from service fees, debit card fees, and trust fees, and an increase in cash surrender value of life insurance.

 

Total other income increased $714,000, or 10.8% to $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Included in this change was an increase of $644,000 in investment security gains in fiscal 2006 over fiscal 2005, primarily resulting from the sale of adjustable rate preferred stocks which had been written down to fair market value in 2004 due to an other-than-temporary decline in value.

 

37

 


Other Expenses: Total other expenses increased $788,000, or 4.6% to $18.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily due to an increase in other expenses of $677,000 from merger related costs of approximately $272,000, an increase in advertising expense of $100,000, and increased director’s fees of $91,000 and other increases associated with the normal cost of doing business.

 

Total other expenses increased $1.0 million, or 6.5% to $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $16.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase was primarily due to pension and other employee benefit costs of $628,000 arising from increases in the costs of providing health and retirement benefits. Other expenses increased $208,000 primarily due to consulting fees paid by the Company of $91,000.

 

Income Taxes: Income tax expense increased $278,000 to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $2.0 million in 2006. Income tax expense in 2006 was reduced primarily due to the sale of preferred stocks which were written down, for financial reporting purposes, in 2004. The realized gain from the sale was not taxable which reduced the Company’s effective tax rate in 2006. The effective tax rate for 2007 reached 22.7% from 19.4% in 2006.

 

Income tax expense decreased $723,000 to $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $2.8 million in 2005. This decrease was primarily due to the sale of preferred stocks which were written down, for financial reporting purposes, in 2004. The realized gain from the sale was not taxable which reduced the Company’s effective tax rate for 2006 to 19.4% from 24.3% in 2005.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The Company’s primary sources of funds include savings, deposits, repurchase agreements, loan repayments and prepayments, cash from operations and borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank. The Company uses its capital resources principally to fund loan originations and purchases, to repay maturing borrowings, to purchase investments, and for short-term liquidity needs. The Company expects to be able to fund or refinance, on a timely basis, its commitments and long-term liabilities. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had commitments to extend credit of $123.0 million.

 

The Company’s liquid assets consist of cash and cash equivalents, which include short-term investments. The levels of these assets are dependent on the Company’s operating, financing, and investment activities during any given period. At December 31, 2007, cash and cash equivalents totaled $25.2 million.

 

Net cash from operating activities for 2007 totaled $9.0 million, as compared to net cash from operating activities of $9.9 million for 2006. The decrease in 2007 was primarily the result of a $600,000 decrease in net income, a $818,000 decrease in net investment security gains and a $389,000 decrease in accrued interest and other liabilities offset by a $600,000 decrease in the provision for loan losses and an increase of $474,000 in other assets. Net cash from operating activities for 2006 totaled $9.9 million, as compared to net cash from operating activities of $12.1 million for 2005. The decrease in 2006 was primarily the result of a $124,000 decrease in net income, and a $2.4 million decrease in other assets offset by a $300,000 increase in the provision for loan losses.

 

Net cash used by investing activities for 2007 totaled $38.3 million, as compared to cash used of $51.0 million for 2006 The decrease of $12.7 million for 2007 is primarily due to a decreases in net loans made to customers of $15.9 million offset by an increase of $6.6 million in available for sale security purchases. Net cash used by investing activities for 2006 totaled $51.0 million, as compared to cash used

 

38

 


of $15.5 million for 2005. The increase of $35.5 million for 2006 is primarily due to increases in security purchases and loans made to customers of $13.2 million and $20.0 million, respectively.

 

Net cash from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2007 totaled $34.6 million, as compared to net cash from financing activities of $45.6 million for 2006. The change in 2007 was primarily due to a decrease of $13.7 million in cash flows from net deposits. Net cash from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2006 totaled $45.6 million, as compared to net cash from financing activities of $2.7 million for 2005. The change in 2006 was primarily due to an increase of net deposits of $57.7 million and repurchase agreements of $5.7 million offset by a decrease in federal funds purchased of $12.5 million.

 

Liquidity may be adversely affected by unexpected deposit outflows, excessive interest rates paid by competitors, and similar matters. Management monitors projected liquidity needs and determines the level desirable, based in part on the Company’s commitment to make loans and management’s assessment of the Company’s ability to generate funds. The Company is also subject to federal regulations that impose certain minimum capital requirements.

 

The table below sets forth certain information regarding the Company’s contractual obligations. See Note 4, Note 7 and Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements

 

 

 

Payment Due By Period

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

 

1 – 3

 

3 – 5

 

More than

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Total

 

1 year

 

years

 

years

 

5 years

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

Long-Term Debt Obligations

 

$

57,631

 

$

5,071

 

$

18,000

 

$

19,560

 

$

15,000

 

Operating Lease Obligations

 

 

565,876

 

 

150,608

 

 

236,465

 

 

121,010

 

 

57,793

 

Certificates of Deposit

 

 

341,162

 

 

304,319

 

 

20,083

 

 

9,290

 

 

7,470

 

 

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

In the normal course of business, the Company engages in a variety of financial transactions that, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, are not recorded in its consolidated financial statements. These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate and liquidity risk. Such transactions are used primarily to manage customers’ requests for funding and take the form of loan commitments and lines of credit. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company had commitments to extend credit in the amount of $123.0 million and $85.4 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company did not engage in any off-balance sheet transactions reasonably likely to have a material effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The consolidated financial statements and related financial data presented in this Annual Report have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary impact of inflation on the Company’s operations is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s

 

39

 


performance than do general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In 2007, the FASB issued FASB No. 141, Accounting for Business Combinations – revised 2007, FASB No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, and FASB No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements. FASB No. 141 is effective prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Regarding FASB 159; the Bancorp has elected to not apply the fair value option for accounting for financial assets and financial liabilities. However, the Bancorp does account for certain investments in debt and equity securities in accordance with FASB No 115. FASB No. 160 applies to only those entities that have an outstanding non-controlling interest in one or more subsidiaries or that deconsolidate a subsidiary. The Company does not have an interest in those types of subsidiaries. Management does not believe that any of these pronouncements will have a material impact on the Company’s operations.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

 

Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. The Company’s market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in its lending, investment and deposit taking activities. The Company’s profitability is affected by fluctuations in interest rates. A sudden and substantial increase or decrease in interest rates may adversely impact the Company’s earnings to the extent that the interest rates borne by assets and liabilities do not change at the same speed, to the same extent or on the same basis. To that end, management actively monitors and manages its interest rate risk exposure.

 

The principal objective of the Company’s interest rate risk management is to evaluate the interest rate risk inherent in certain balance sheet accounts, determine the appropriate level of risk given the Company’s business strategy, operating environment, capital and liquidity requirements, performance objectives, and manage the risk consistent with the Board of Directors’ approved guidelines. Through such management, the Company seeks to minimize the vulnerability of its operations to changes in interest rates. The Company’s Asset/Liability Committee is comprised of the Company’s senior management under the direction of the Board of Directors, with senior management responsible for reviewing with the Board of Directors its activities and strategies, the effect of those strategies on the Company’s net interest margin, the market value of the portfolio and the effect that changes in interest rates will have on the Company’s portfolio and the Company’s exposure limits.

 

The Company utilizes the following strategies to manage interest rate risk:

 

 

When market conditions permit, to originate and hold in its portfolio adjustable rate loans;

 

Sell fixed rate mortgage loans that conform to Federal National Mortgage Association guidelines when sales can be achieved on terms favorable to the Company;

 

Lengthen the maturities of its liabilities when deemed cost effective through the utilization of Federal Home Loan Bank advances;

 

Purchase mortgage-backed securities for the available for sale securities portfolio with cash flows that can be reinvested in higher earning instruments when interest rates rise; and

 

40

 


 

 

Generally, maintain securities in the available for sale portfolio that are short term to offset the risk of long term fixed rate mortgage loans in a rising rate environment.

 

The following table shows the Company’s financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates, categorized by expected maturity or repricing opportunity, and the instruments’ fair values at December 31, 2007. Market risk sensitive instruments are generally defined as those instruments that can be adversely impacted by changes in market interest rates. The Company currently does not participate in hedging programs, interest rate swaps or other activities involving the use of off-balance sheet derivative financial instruments, but may do so in the future to mitigate interest rate risk. Expected maturities are contractual maturities adjusted for prepayments of principal. The Company uses certain assumptions to estimate fair values and expected maturities. For assets, expected maturities are based upon contractual maturity, call dates and projected repayments of principal. For interest earning assets, no prepayments are assumed. Interest bearing liabilities, such as negotiable order of withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts, money market accounts, and similar interest bearing demand accounts are subject to immediate withdrawal or repricing and are therefore presented in the earliest period in the table.

 

Expected Maturity/Principal Repayment at December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

 

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

Thereafter

 

Value

 

Value

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans

 

$

13,907

 

$

15,042

 

$

15,741

 

$

15,406

 

$

17,838

 

$

203,484

 

$

281,418

 

$

286,327

 

Home equity loans, second mortgage loans, student loans, other loans

 

 

17,086

 

 

16,201

 

 

15,283

 

 

14,283

 

 

13,257

 

 

47,509

 

 

123,619

 

 

123,505

 

Commercial loans, municipal loans

 

 

11,801

 

 

7,221

 

 

4,460

 

 

3,511

 

 

4,230

 

 

46,592

 

 

77,815

 

 

78,604

 

Investment securities

 

 

350

 

 

537

 

 

2,902

 

 

8,920

 

 

4,664

 

 

234,166

 

 

251,539

 

 

251,539

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW and other transaction accounts

 

$

47,279

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

47,279

 

$

47,279

 

Money market and other savings accounts

 

 

138,208

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

138,208

 

 

138,208

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

304,319

 

 

16,104

 

 

3,979

 

 

2,516

 

 

6,774

 

 

7,470

 

 

341,162

 

 

379,184

 

Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh advances

 

 

5,071

 

 

18,000

 

 

 

 

13,000

 

 

6,560

 

 

15,000

 

 

57,631

 

 

57,234

 

 

 

41

 


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Management Report to Shareholders

 

 

43

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Effectiveness of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

44

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Consolidated Financial Statements

 

45

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

46

Consolidated Statement of Income

 

47

Consolidated Statements of Change in Stockholders’ Equity

 

49

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 

51

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

53

 

 

42

 


MANAGEMENT REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS

The consolidated financial statements presented are the responsibility of management and are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (United States). The financial information contained elsewhere in the annual report is consistent with that in the consolidated financial statements. The financial statements necessarily include amounts that are based on management’s best judgments and estimates. In the opinion of management the accounting practices utilized are appropriate in the circumstances and the financial statements fairly reflect the financial position and results of operation of the Company.

 

IBT Bancorp, Inc. maintains a system of internal controls over financial reporting, which is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (United States). The Company assessed its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting as described in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based upon that assessment, the Company believes that, as of December 31, 2007, its system of internal controls over financial reporting met those criteria.

 

The Company’s independent auditors, Beard Miller Company LLP have issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting. Their attestation is included elsewhere in this report.

 

 



 

 

Charles G. Urtin

President &

Chief Executive Officer

Raymond G. Suchta

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Irwin, Pennsylvania

March 5, 2008

 

 

43

 


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To The Board of Directors and Stockholders

IBT Bancorp, Inc.

Irwin, Pennsylvania

 

We have audited IBT Bancorp, Inc. (The Bancorp) and subsidiary’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Bancorp’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management Report to Shareholders. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, IBT Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows of IBT Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary, and our report dated March 5, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion.

 

 

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

March 5, 2008

 

44

 


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

To The Board of Directors and Stockholders

IBT Bancorp, Inc.

Irwin, Pennsylvania

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of IBT Bancorp, Inc. (The Bancorp) and subsidiary as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007. The Bancorp’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of IBT Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

As discussed in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements, The Bancorp changed its method of accounting for its defined benefit pension plans in 2006.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), IBT Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 5, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion.

 

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

March 5, 2008

 

 

45

 


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

24,853,987

 

$

19,317,614

 

Interest-bearing deposits in banks

 

 

355,991

 

 

637,034

 

Certificate of deposit

 

 

100,000

 

 

100,000

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

251,538,866

 

 

221,249,369

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

 

 

4,422,600

 

 

5,196,800

 

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of
$5,382,402 in 2007 and $4,769,260 in 2006

 

 

477,319,342

 

 

467,720,508

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

5,238,912

 

 

5,281,385

 

Other assets

 

 

23,357,716

 

 

21,459,045

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

787,187,414

 

$

740,961,755

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing

 

$

84,107,536

 

 

85,553,753

 

Interest-bearing

 

 

526,649,399

 

 

486,918,461

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits

 

 

610,756,935

 

 

572,472,214

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase agreements

 

 

44,944,240

 

 

27,416,559

 

Accrued interest and other liabilities

 

 

7,840,434

 

 

6,082,279

 

FHLB advances

 

 

57,631,336

 

 

72,409,643

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

721,172,945

 

 

678,380,695

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital stock, par value $1.25,
50,000,000 shares authorized,
5,965,119 shares issued, 5,852,924 and
5,882,640 shares outstanding at
December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively

 

 

7,456,399

 

 

7,456,399

 

Retained earnings

 

 

61,112,554

 

 

58,970,791

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

952,896

 

 

(904,723

)

Less: Treasury stock, at cost (112,195 shares in
2007 and 82,479 in 2006)

 

 

(3,507,380

)

 

(2,941,407

)

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

66,014,469

 

 

62,581,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

 

$

787,187,414

 

$

740,961,755

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

46

 


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Interest Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, including fees

$

32,776,428

 

$

30,615,567

 

$

27,272,969

 

Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

 

8,833,481

 

 

7,034,768

 

 

6,139,368

 

Tax-exempt

 

2,771,061

 

 

2,636,493

 

 

2,297,788

 

Federal funds sold

 

68,695

 

 

105,903

 

 

61,177

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

44,449,665

 

 

40,392,731

 

 

35,771,302

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

17,110,812

 

 

13,520,225

 

 

9,996,792

 

Federal funds purchased

 

 

 

239,267

 

 

180,901

 

FHLB advances

 

3,082,695

 

 

3,332,565

 

 

2,939,435

 

Repurchase agreements

 

1,967,751

 

 

1,421,881

 

 

564,658

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest expense

 

22,161,258

 

 

18,513,938

 

 

13,681,786

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

 

22,288,407

 

 

21,878,793

 

 

22,089,516

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

900,000

 

 

1,500,000

 

 

1,200,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest Income after Provision for Loan Losses

 

21,388,407

 

 

20,378,793

 

 

20,889,516

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service fees

 

3,863,482

 

 

3,793,266

 

 

3,602,991

 

Investment security (losses) gains, net

 

(36,920

)

 

780,621

 

 

136,189

 

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance

 

514,906

 

 

473,201

 

 

456,042

 

Debit card fees

 

939,060

 

 

836,932

 

 

775,715

 

Trust fees

 

549,693

 

 

465,608

 

 

455,051

 

Other income

 

975,982

 

 

999,734

 

 

1,209,163

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other income

 

6,806,203

 

 

7,349,362

 

 

6,635,151

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries

 

6,383,288

 

 

6,438,599

 

 

6,332,915

 

Pension and other employee benefits

 

2,513,185

 

 

2,460,131

 

 

1,831,784

 

Occupancy expense

 

1,678,525

 

 

1,624,313

 

 

1,795,473

 

Data processing expense

 

993,406

 

 

1,113,992

 

 

992,005

 

Advertising expense

 

531,596

 

 

431,995

 

 

387,344

 

Pennsylvania shares tax

 

635,429

 

 

589,064

 

 

560,428

 

Debit card expense

 

597,136

 

 

562,721

 

 

479,346

 

Other expenses

 

4,692,510

 

 

4,016,211

 

 

3,807,688

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other expenses

 

18,025,075

 

 

17,237,026

 

 

16,186,983

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income Before Income Taxes

 

10,169,535

 

 

10,491,129

 

 

11,337,684

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

2,313,177

 

 

2,035,437

 

 

2,758,333

 

Net income

$

7,856,358

 

$

8,455,692

 

$

8,579,351

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic Earnings per Share

$

1.34

 

$

1.43

 

$

1.45

 

Diluted Earnings per Share

$

1.33

 

$

1.42

 

$

1.44

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

47

 


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGE IN STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

 

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

 

 

Capital
Stock

 

Surplus

 

Retained
Earnings

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 

Treasury
Stock

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2004

$

3,779,749

 

$

1,417,755

 

$

55,789,915

 

$

1,204,744

 

$

(2,349,401

)

$

59,842,762

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,579,351

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,579,351

 

Other comprehensive
loss, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in net unrealized
holding gains on securities
available for sale, net of
deferred income tax benefit
of ($838,094)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,626,888

)

 

 

 

 

(1,626,888

)

Reclassification adjustment,
net of deferred income tax
benefit of ($46,304)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(89,885

)

 

 

 

 

(89,885

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,716,773

)

Total Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,862,578

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared
($.92 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,438,036

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,438,036

)

Stock based compensation

 

 

 

 

59,141

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

59,141

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

(245,452

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(245,452

)

Balance at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2005

$

3,779,749

 

$

1,231,444

 

$

58,931,230

 

$

(512,029

)

$

(2,349,401

)

$

61,080,993

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

48


 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGE IN STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

 

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

 

Capital
Stock

 

Surplus

 

Retained
Earnings

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 

Treasury
Stock

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2005

$

3,779,749

 

$

1,231,444

 

$

58,931,230

 

$

(512,029

)

$

(2,349,401

)

$

61,080,993

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,455,692

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,455,692

 

Other comprehensive
loss, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in net unrealized
holding gains on securities
available for sale, net of
deferred income tax benefit
of $633,818

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,230,353

 

 

 

 

 

1,230,353

 

Reclassification adjustment,
net of deferred income tax
benefit of $20,518

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39,828

 

 

 

 

 

39,828

 

Reclassification adjustment,
gain on sale of preferred
stock, no deferred income
tax effect

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(840,967

)

 

 

 

 

(840,967

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

429,214

 

Total Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,884,906

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared
($1.00 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,896,738

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,896,738

)

Stock based compensation

 

 

 

 

39,808

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39,808

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

(134,525

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(134,525

)

Purchase of Treasury Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(667,100

)

 

(667,100

)

Two-for-one stock split effected
in the form of a 100% stock
dividend

 

3,676,650

 

 

(1,157,257)

 

 

(2,519,393

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

Adjustment to initially apply FASB
No. 158, net of deferred income
tax benefit of ($423,407)

 

 

 

 

(245,452

)

 

 

 

 

(821,908

)

 

 

 

 

(821,908

)

Balance at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2006

$

7,456,399

 

$

-

 

$

58,970,791

 

$

(904,723

)

$

(2,941,407

)

$

62,581,060

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

49

 


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGE IN STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

 

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

 

Capital
Stock

 

Retained
Earnings

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 

Treasury
Stock

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2006

$

7,456,399

 

$

58,970,791

 

$

(904,733

)

$

(2,941,407

)

$

62,581,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

7,856,358

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,856,358

 

Other comprehensive
loss, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in net unrealized
holding gains on
securities available for
sale, net of deferred
income tax benefit
of $923,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,792,434

 

 

 

 

 

1,792,434

 

Reclassification adjustment,
net of deferred income tax benefit of $12,553

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,367

 

 

 

 

 

24,367

 

Pension liability adjustment
net of deferred income
tax of $21,028

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,818

 

 

 

 

 

40,818

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,857,619

 

Total Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,713,977

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared
($1.00 per share)

 

 

 

 

(5,867,857

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,867,857

)

Stock based compensation

 

 

 

 

181,397

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

181,397

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

(28,135

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(28,135

)

Purchase of Treasury Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(565,973

)

 

(565,973

)

Balance at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2007

$

7,456,399

 

$

61,112,554

 

$

952,896

 

$

(3,507,380

 

$

66,014,469

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

50

 


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

7,856,358

 

$

8,455,692

 

$

8,579,351

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

677,933

 

 

768,651

 

 

994,839

 

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance

 

 

(514,906

)

 

(473,201

)

 

(456,042

)

Net amortization/accretion of premiums and discounts

 

 

(220,807

)

 

390,380

 

 

810,975

 

Net investment security losses (gains)

 

 

36,920

 

 

(780,621

)

 

(136,189

)

Loss on disposal of equipment

 

 

26,506

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

900,000

 

 

1,500,000

 

 

1,200,000

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

181,397

 

 

39,808

 

 

59,141

 

(Increase) decrease in other assets

 

 

(1,108,573

)

 

(1,582,595

)

 

775,593

 

Increase in accrued interest and other liabilities

 

 

1,148,216

 

 

1,536,916

 

 

267,918

 

       Net Cash From Operating Activities

 

 

8,983,044

 

 

9,855,030

 

 

12,095,586

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of certificate of deposit

 

 

(100,000

)

 

(100,000

)

 

(100,000

)

Proceeds from maturity of certificate of deposit

 

 

100,000

 

 

100,000

 

 

100,000

 

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

 

 

5,636,036

 

 

24,614,156

 

 

9,728,425

 

Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale

 

 

39,991,160

 

 

17,820,881

 

 

35,093,279

 

Purchase of securities available for sale

 

 

(72,954,486

)

 

(66,359,153

)

 

(53,165,621

)

Net loans made to customers

 

 

(11,084,788

)

 

(26,971,633

)

 

(6,989,448

)

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

 

(661,966

)

 

(425,464

)

 

(387,131

)

Proceeds from the sale Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

 

4,812,700

 

 

5,283,500

 

 

6,183,500

 

Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

 

(4,038,500

)

 

(5,010,700

)

 

(5,970,400

)

   Net Cash Used By Investing Activities

 

 

(38,299,844

)

 

(51,048,413

)

 

(15,507,396

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in deposits

 

 

38,284,721

 

 

51,986,456

 

 

(5,731,190

)

Net increase in securities sold under agreements
to repurchase

 

 

17,527,681

 

 

8,973,856

 

 

3,285,446

 

Net (decrease) increase in federal funds purchased

 

 

 

 

(12,468,000

)

 

12,468,000

 

Dividends paid

 

 

(5,867,857

)

 

(5,896,738

)

 

(5,438,036

)

Proceeds from FHLB advances

 

 

377,868,200

 

 

80,039,000

 

 

 

Repayment of FHLB advances

 

 

(392,646,507

)

 

(76,280,482

)

 

(1,614,189

)

Exercise of stock options

 

 

(28,135

)

 

(134,525

)

 

(245,452

)

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

(565,973

)

 

(667,100

)

 

 

Sale of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

95,624

 

 

 

   Net Cash From Financing Activities

 

 

34,572,130

 

 

45,648,091

 

 

2,724,579

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

5,255,330

 

 

4,454,708

 

 

(687,231

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year

 

 

19,954,648

 

 

15,499,940

 

 

16,187,171

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

 

$

25,209,978

 

$

19,954,648

 

$

15,499,940

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

51

 


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash payments for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

21,430,746

 

$

17,236,256

 

$

13,625,849

 

Income taxes

 

$

2,524,500

 

$

2,466,000

 

$

3,182,617

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON CASH TRANSACTIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans transferred to foreclosed real
estate during the year

 

$

674,803

 

$

88,849

 

$

112,380

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded nonmonetary gain on
securities available for sale

 

$

 

$

 

$

81,111

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

52

 


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

NOTE 1 -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Nature of Operations: IBT Bancorp, Inc. (the Bancorp), is a bank holding company whose principal activity is the ownership and management of its wholly owned subsidiary, Irwin Bank (the Bank). The Bank is a full service state chartered commercial banking institution and provides a variety of financial services to individuals and corporate customers through its six branch offices, a loan center, a trust division, three supermarket branches and main office located in Southwestern Pennsylvania. The Bank’s primary deposit products are non-interest and interest-bearing checking accounts, savings accounts and certificates of deposit. Its primary lending products are single-family and multi-family residential loans, installment loans and commercial loans.

 

Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Bancorp and the Bank. All significant intercompany accounts have been eliminated in the consolidation.

 

Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans. In connection with the determination of the allowances for loan losses and foreclosed real estate, management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties.

 

Investment Securities: All investments in debt and equity securities are to be classified into one of three categories. Securities which management has the positive intent and ability to hold until maturity are classified as held to maturity. Securities held to maturity are stated at cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount computed on a level yield basis. Securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term are classified as trading securities. All other securities are classified as available for sale securities. Unrealized holding gains and losses for trading securities are included in earnings. Unrealized holding gains and losses for available for sale securities are excluded from earnings and reported net of income taxes as a separate component of stockholders’ equity until realized. At this time, management has no intention of establishing a trading securities classification.

 

Interest and dividends on securities are reported as interest income. Gains and losses realized on sales of securities represent the differences between net proceeds and carrying values determined by the specific identification method.

 

Investments are reviewed for declines in fair value on a quarterly basis. Declines in the fair value of held to maturity and available for sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the Bancorp to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

 

Advertising Costs: Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense totaled $531,596 for 2007, $431,995 for 2006 and $387,344 for 2005.

 

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses: Loans are stated at unpaid principal balances, less the allowance for loan losses and net deferred loan fees.

 

53

 


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

NOTE 1 -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

Loan origination and commitment fees, as well as certain direct origination costs, are deferred and amortized as a yield adjustment over the lives of the related loans using the interest method. Amortization of deferred loan fees is discontinued when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status.

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level which, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb potential losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The amount of the allowance is based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of the loan portfolio, including the nature of the portfolio, credit concentrations, trends in historical loss experience, specific impaired loans, and economic conditions. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are valued collectively for impairment. The amount of loss reserve is calculated using historical loss rates, net of recoveries, adjusted for environmental, and other qualitative factors such as industry, geographic, economic and political factors that can affect loss rates or loss measurements.

Allowances for losses on specifically identified loans that are determined to be impaired are calculated based upon collateral value, market value, if determinable, or the present value of the estimated future cash flows. The allowance is increased by a provision for loan losses, which is charged to expense, and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when they are more than 90 days past due.

Premises and Equipment: Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation computed on both the straight-line and accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Costs for maintenance and repairs are expensed currently. Costs of major additions or improvements are capitalized.

Foreclosed Real Estate: Real estate properties acquired through or in lieu of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less estimated selling cost at the date of foreclosure. Any write-downs based on the asset’s fair value at the date of acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan losses. After foreclosure, these assets are carried at the lower of their new cost basis or fair value less cost to sell. Costs of significant property improvements are capitalized, whereas costs relating to holding property are expensed. Valuations are periodically performed by management, and any subsequent write-downs are recorded as a charge to operations, if necessary, to reduce the carrying value of a property to the lower of its cost or fair value less cost to sell.

Income Taxes: The Bancorp uses an asset and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Income tax expense is the tax payable or refundable for the period plus or minus the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities. The Bancorp files consolidated Federal income tax returns with its subsidiary.

Earnings per Share: Basic earnings per share are calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of shares outstanding. The weighted average shares outstanding was 5,868,669, 5,895,919 and 5,910,910 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Diluted earnings per share are calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of shares outstanding, given retroactive effect of the stock dividend described in Note 21. Weighted-average number of shares outstanding assuming dilution of exercisable stock options using the treasury stock method was 5,909,083, 5,937,894, and 5,964,900 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.

Off-Balance Sheet Related Financial Instruments: In the ordinary course of business, the Bancorp has entered into commitments to extend credit, including commitments under commercial lines of credit, and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

 

54

 


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

NOTE 1 -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

Bank-Owned Life Insurance: The Bancorp’s banking subsidiary maintains life insurance policies for selected senior officers. The Bank is the owner of single premium life insurance policies on participants in the nonqualified retirement plans. Investment in bank-owned life insurance policies provides tax-exempt return to the Bank.

Transfers of Financial Assets: Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be transferred when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Bancorp, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Bancorp does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

Comprehensive Income: Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains, and losses be included in net income. Changes in certain assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale and the minimum pension liability, are reported as a separate component of the stockholders’ equity section of the balance sheet. Such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income.

Segment Reporting: The Bank acts as an independent community financial services provider, which offers traditional banking and related financial services to individual, business, and governmental customers. Through its branch and automated teller machine networks, the Bank offers a full array of commercial and retail financial services, including the taking of time, savings, and demand deposits; the making of commercial, consumer, and mortgage loans; and the providing of other financial services. Management does not separately allocate expenses, including the cost of funding loan demand, between the commercial, retail and mortgage banking operations of the Bank. As such, discrete financial information is not available and segment reporting would not be meaningful.

Cash Equivalents: For purposes of the Statements of Cash Flows, the Bancorp considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Bancorp considers all cash and amounts due from depository institutions, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, except certificates of deposit with maturities of more than three months, and federal funds sold to be cash equivalents for purposes of the statements of cash flows.

Reclassification of Prior Year’s Statements: Certain previously reported items have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s classifications. The reclassifications have no effect on total assets, total liabilities and stockholders’ equity, or net income.

NOTE 2 -- INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Investment securities available for sale consist of the following:

 

 

 

December 31, 2007

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Fair
Value

 

Obligations of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government Agencies

 

$

102,306,133

 

$

1,868,929

 

$

(40,177

)

$

104,134,885

 

Obligations of State and
political sub-divisions

 

 

65,998,208

 

 

1,169,441

 

 

(182,817

)

 

66,984,832

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

80,275,722

 

 

462,689

 

 

(550,505

)

 

80,187,906

 

Other securities

 

 

47,228

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

47,226

 

Equity securities

 

 

250,220

 

 

175

 

 

(66,378

)

 

184,017

 

 

 

$

248,877,511

 

$

3,501,234

 

$

(839,879

)

$

251,538,866

 

 

 

55

 


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

NOTE 2 -- INVESTMENT SECURITIES (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

December 31, 2006

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Fair
Value

 

Obligations of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government Agencies

 

$

95,578,239

 

$

426,951

 

$

(680,000

)

$

95,325,190

 

Obligations of State and
political sub-divisions

 

 

63,316,546

 

 

1,348,184

 

 

(67,095

)

 

64,597,635

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

62,174,784

 

 

70,967

 

 

(1,199,447

)

 

61,046,304

 

Other securities

 

 

46,545

 

 

--

 

 

(3

)

 

46,542

 

Equity securities

 

 

250,220

 

 

1,167

 

 

(17,689

)

 

233,698

 

 

 

$

221,366,334

 

$

1,847,269

 

$

(1,964,234

)

$

221,249,369

 

 

The Bancorp realized gross gains of $5,132 during 2007, $900,922 during 2006, and $274,267 during 2005 and gross losses of $42,052 during 2007, $120,301 during 2006 and $138,078 during 2005 on calls and sales of securities available for sale.

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2007, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

$

350,000

 

$

350,358

 

Due after one year through five years

 

16,994,386

 

 

17,023,043

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

98,596,103

 

 

100,716,219

 

Due after ten years, included equity securities

 

132,937,022

 

 

133,449,246

 

 

$

248,877,511

 

$

251,538,866

 

 

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (FHLB), the Bank is required to maintain a minimum amount of FHLB stock. The minimum amount is calculated based on level of assets, residential real estate loans, and outstanding FHLB advances. The Bank held $4,422,600 and $5,196,800 of FHLB stock at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, which is carried at cost.

 

At December 31, 2007, 2 U.S. Government Agency securities have unrealized losses and 1 of the securities has been in a continuous loss position for 12 months or more. These unrealized losses relate principally to changes in interest rates subsequent to the acquisition of specific securities. None of the securities in this category had an unrealized loss that exceed 1% of amortized cost.

 

At December 31, 2007, 42 state and political sub-division securities and 1 other security have unrealized losses and 14 of the securities have been in a continuous loss position for 12 months or more. In analyzing the issuer’s financial condition, management considers industry analysts’ reports, financial performance and projected target prices of investment analysts within a one-year time frame. None of the securities in this category had an unrealized loss that exceeds 4% of amortized cost and a majority had unrealized losses totaling less than 2% of amortized cost.

 

At December 31, 2007, 5 equity securities have unrealized losses and 1 of the securities has been in a continuous loss position for 12 months or more. None of the securities in this category had an unrealized loss that are individually considered material.

 

56

 


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

NOTE 2 -- INVESTMENT SECURITIES (CONTINUED)

Temporarily impaired investments consist of the following:

 

 

 

December 31, 2007

 

 

 

Less Than 12 Months

 

12 Months or Longer

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Obligations of U.S.
Government Agencies

 

$

10,455,725

 

$

(36,427

)

 

$

2,996,250

 

$

(3,750

)

 

$

13,451,975

 

$

(40,177

)

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,160,404

 

 

(550,505

)

 

 

36,160,404

 

 

(550,505

)

Obligations of state and)
political sub-divisions

 

 

12,320,200

 

 

(134,693

)

 

 

6,369,718

 

 

(48,124

)

 

 

18,689,918

 

 

(182,817

)

Other investments

 

 

49,990

 

 

(6,499

)

 

 

93,176

 

 

(59,881

)

 

 

143,166

 

 

(66,380

)

Total temporarily
impaired securities

 

$

22,825,915

 

$

(177,619

)

 

$

45,619,548

 

$

(662,260

)

 

$

68,445,463

 

$

(839,879

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2006

 

 

 

Less Than 12 Months

 

 

12 Months or Longer

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Obligations of U.S.
Government Agencies

 

$

10,578,040

 

$

(23,375

)

 

$

60,393,240

 

$

(656,625

)

 

$

70,971,280

 

$

(680,000

)

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

11,864,259

 

 

(63,493

)

 

 

40,001,238

 

 

(1,135,954

)

 

 

51,865,497

 

 

(1,199,447

)

Obligations of state and
political sub-divisions

 

 

3,568,589

 

 

(35,791

)

 

 

4,253,633

 

 

(31,304

)

 

 

7,822,222

 

 

(67,095

)

Other investments

 

 

41,130

 

 

(676

)

 

 

136,040

 

 

(17,016

)

 

 

177,170

 

 

(17,692

)

Total temporarily
impaired securities

 

$

26,052,018

 

$

(123,335

)

 

$

104,784,151

 

$

(1,840,899

)

 

$

130,836,169

 

$

(1,964,234

)

 

Investments are reviewed for declines in value on a quarterly basis. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, no investments were recognized as having an other-than-temporary impairment. The unrealized loss on debt securities is attributable to changes in interest rates. The unrealized loss on the equity securities are attributed to temporary declines in fair value.

NOTE 3 -- LOANS

Major classifications of loans are as follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

Mortgage:

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

$

75,015,714

 

$

70,097,665

Commercial

 

186,502,379

 

 

184,739,864

Construction

 

19,900,125

 

 

12,742,284

Home Equity

 

15,280,817

 

 

16,597,644

Installment

 

100,683,904

 

 

99,044,497

Commercial

 

72,443,821

 

 

74,167,612

Student

 

7,235,754

 

 

6,471,077

Municipal

 

5,371,024

 

 

8,374,801

Credit cards

 

104,023

 

 

99,789

Other

 

314,136

 

 

406,672

 

 

482,851,697

 

 

472,741,905

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

5,382,402

 

 

4,769,260

Deferred loan fees

 

149,953

 

 

252,137

 

$

477,319,342

 

$

467,720,508

 

 

57

 


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

NOTE 3 -- LOANS (CONTINUED)

 

The aggregate amount of demand deposit accounts with overdrawn balances that were reclassified as loan balances at December 31, 2007 and 2006 amounted to $314,136 and $406,672, respectively and are included in other loans.

 

The total recorded investment in impaired loans amounted to $3,734,836 at December 31, 2007 and $1,058,657 at December 31, 2006. Impaired loans had an average balance of $2,396,747 in 2007 and $1,271,337 in 2006. The allowance for loan losses related to impaired loans amounted to $1,165,380 and $367,294 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Bank had no loans greater than 90 days delinquent but still accruing interest at December 31, 2007 and $2,767,000 at December 31, 2006.

 

Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

4,769,260

 

$

3,563,501

 

$

2,593,642

 

Provision charged to operations

 

 

900,000

 

 

1,500,000

 

 

1,200,000

 

Loans charged off

 

 

(352,050

)

 

(347,467

)

 

(271,238

)

Recoveries

 

 

65,192

 

 

53,226

 

 

41,097

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

$

5,382,402

 

$

4,769,260

 

$

3,563,501

 

 

NOTE 4 -- PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

Premises and equipment which are stated at cost are as follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

921,559

 

$

921,559

Buildings and improvements

 

5,987,385

 

 

5,992,449

Furniture and equipment

 

8,725,459

 

 

8,088,429

 

 

15,634,403

 

 

15,002,437

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

10,395,491

 

 

9,721,052

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,238,912

 

$

5,281,385

 

Depreciation expense was $677,933 in 2007 $768,651 in 2006 and $994,839 in 2005.

 

Eight of the Bank’s commercial branch office buildings and/or land, the Bank’s trust division office and an operations facility are leased by the Bank. These leases have initial terms of 1 to 20 years, and all contain renewal options for additional years.

 

In 2007, fully depreciated assets and the remaining depreciation on assets no longer in use, as a result of the closure of a loan center, were written off.

 

58

 


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

NOTE 4 -- PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)

 

The following is a summary of the future minimum lease payments under these operating leases:

 

For the years ended December 31,

 

2008

$

150,608

2009

 

143,925

2010

 

92,540

2011

 

62,687

2012

 

58,323

2013 and thereafter

 

57,793

 

$

565,876

 

Rental expense under these operating leases was $230,166, $238,915 and $247,327 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

NOTE 5 -- JOINT VENTURE

 

The Bancorp has an 85% limited partnership interest in T.A. of Irwin, L.P. This partnership provides title insurance to the general public. The Bancorp uses the equity method to account for its investment in the partnership. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the investment in the partnership is reflected in the other assets section of the balance sheet at $29,280 and $26,713, respectively.

 

NOTE 6 -- BANK OWNED LIFE INSURANCE

 

In 2001, the Bank purchased single premium life insurance policies on officers of the Bank at a cost of $10,000,000. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the cash surrender value of these policies was $12,867,199 and $12,381,754, respectively, and is included in the other assets section of the balance sheet. The increase in cash surrender value of these policies is recorded as other income.

 

NOTE 7 -- DEPOSITS

 

Time deposits maturing in years ending December 31, as of December 31, 2007 are summarized as follows:

 

2008

$

304,318,981

2009

 

16,103,550

2010

 

3,979,358

2011

 

2,516,352

2012

 

6,773,872

2013 and thereafter

 

7,469,524

 

$

341,161,637

 

The Bank held related party deposits of approximately $3,281,000 and $3,817,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

The Bank held time deposits of $100,000 or more of $100,318,582 and $93,876,778 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

59

 


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

NOTE 8 -- REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

 

The Bank offers its corporate customers an investment product fashioned in the form of a repurchase agreement. Under the terms of the agreement, deposits in designated demand accounts of the customer are put into an investment vehicle which is used daily to purchase an interest in designated U.S. Government or Agencies’ securities owned by the Bank. The Bank in turn agrees to repurchase these investments on a daily basis and pay the customer the daily interest earned on them. The amount of repurchase agreements was $44,944,240 and $27,416,559 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

NOTE 9 -- PLEDGED ASSETS

 

At December 31, 2007 and 2006, U.S. Government Agency obligations and obligations of state and political sub-divisions carried at approximately $49,282,000 and $62,695,000 respectively, were pledged to qualify for fiduciary powers, to secure public monies and for other purposes required or permitted by law. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the carrying amount of securities pledged to secure repurchase agreements was approximately $63,313,000 and $52,920,000 respectively.

 

NOTE 10 -- FHLB ADVANCES

At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Bank had the following advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB).

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

Interest Rate

 

 

Maturity Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$  2,000,000

 

 

5.20% Fixed

 

 

March 7, 2007

 

 

 

2,000,000

 

 

5.20% Fixed

 

 

June 7, 2007

 

 

 

4,920,000

 

 

5.43% Variable LOC

 

 

July 27, 2007

 

 

 

575,070

 

 

2.99% Amortizing—Fixed

 

 

August 20, 2007

 

 

 

2,000,000

 

 

3.67% Fixed

 

 

September 5, 2007

 

 

 

4,000,000

 

 

5.215% Fixed

 

 

September 7, 2007

 

71,336

 

 

914,573

 

 

2.79% Amortizing—Fixed

 

 

January 28, 2008

 

5,000,000

 

 

5,000,000

 

 

5.63% Fixed to Float

 

 

July 21, 2008

 

8,000,000

 

 

8,000,000

 

 

3.48% Fixed w/Strike Rate

 

 

January 20, 2009

 

10,000,000

 

 

10,000,000

 

 

4.06% Fixed w/Strike Rate

 

 

July 22, 2009

 

4,000,000

 

 

4,000,000

 

 

5.18% Fixed w/Strike Rate

 

 

February 23, 2011

 

4,000,000

 

 

4,000,000

 

 

4.98% Fixed to Float

 

 

March 23, 2011

 

5,000,000

 

 

5,000,000

 

 

4.947% Fixed w/Strike Rate

 

 

August 29, 2011

 

5,000,000

 

 

5,000,000

 

 

4.6% Fixed w/Strike Rate

 

 

January 30, 2012

 

1,560,000

 

 

 

 

4.32% Variable LOC

 

 

July 27, 2012

 

5,000,000

 

 

5,000,000

 

 

3.51% Fixed w/Strike Rate

 

 

January 28, 2013

 

5,000,000

 

 

5,000,000

 

 

3.47% Fixed w/Strike Rate

 

 

March 18, 2013

 

5,000,000

 

 

5,000,000

 

 

4.05% Fixed to Float

 

 

August 20, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

57,631,336

 

 

$72,409,643

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest only is payable until maturity on all FHLB advances except for the FHLB advance with a maturity date of January 28, 2008, which requires monthly payments of interest and principal. Collateral for all advances includes all qualifying mortgages.

 

60

 


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

NOTE 10 -- FHLB ADVANCES (CONTINUED)

 

A summary of the FHLB maturities at December 31, 2007 is as follows:

 

2008

$

5,071,336

2009

 

18,000,000

2010

 

-

2011

 

13,000,000

2012

 

6,500,000

2013 and thereafter

 

15,000,000

 

 

 

 

$

57,631,336

 

The Bank has a line of credit with the FHLB in the amount of $30,000,000. The interest rate is variable and was 4.32% at December 31, 2007. The line of credit has an expiration date of July 27, 2012. The outstanding balance on the line of credit as of December 31, 2007 is $1,560,000 and is included in FHLB advances on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

The Bank had maximum borrowing capacity with FHLB, including the line of credit, of approximately $327,431,000 and $313,018,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

NOTE 11 -- INCOME TAXES

 

The provision for income taxes consists of:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currently payable

 

$

2,550,018

 

$

2,397,251

 

$

3,086,159

 

Deferred benefit

 

 

(236,841

)

 

(361,814

)

 

(327,826

)

Total

 

$

2,313,177

 

$

2,035,437

 

$

2,758,333

 

 

A reconciliation of the federal statutory tax rate to the effective tax rate applicable to income before income taxes is as follows:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

% of Pretax Income

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision at statutory rate

34.0

%

34.0

%

34.0

%

Tax-exempt interest income

(9.5

)

(8.9

)

(7.7

)

Earnings on investment in life insurance

(1.6

)

(1.4

)

(1.3

)

Other

(0.2

)

(4.3

)

(0.7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

22.7

%

19.4

%

24.3

%

 

 

61

 


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

NOTE 11 -- INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

 

The deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities recorded on the balance sheet as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred Tax

 

 

 

 

Deferred Tax

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

$

1,830,017

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

1,621,548

 

 

 

$

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

121,806

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

124,000

 

 

Pension expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

402,388

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

374,624

 

 

Other

 

 

 

455,194

 

 

 

 

61,359

 

 

 

 

371,405

 

 

 

 

61,359

 

 

Available for sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

927,370

 

 

 

 

34,151

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unfunded pension cost

 

 

 

402,379

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

423,407

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,687,590

 

 

 

$

1,512,923

 

 

 

$

2,450,511

 

 

 

$

559,983

 

 

The Company has no unrecognized tax benefits included in these financial statements. All tax positions have been taken in previously filed tax returns or will be taken in returns yet to be filed. Differences in amounts reported in these financial statements and amounts taken in tax returns are primarily temporary differences common to the operation of commercial banks. Differences regarding tax and book depreciation, losses on loans and pension costs are detailed in this footnote. The Company has determined that the tax positions taken are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. No provision has been taken in the financial statements for interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. Tax years which remain open for examination are 2006, 2005, and 2004.

 

NOTE 12 -- SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN

 

On November 18, 2003, the Board of Directors of the Bancorp adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan. The Board declared a dividend distribution of one Right for each outstanding share of common stock to stockholders of record at the close of business on December 1, 2003. Each Right initially entitled the registered holder to purchase from the Bancorp common stock worth $410 on the date of exercise, for a purchase price of $205, subject to adjustment.

 

Initially, the Rights will be attached to all common stock certificates representing shares then outstanding, and no separate Rights certificates will be distributed. The Rights will separate from the common stock and a distribution date will occur upon the earlier of (i) 10 business days following a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (an “Acquiring Person”), has acquired, or obtained the Right to acquire, beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the outstanding shares of common stock (“stock acquisition date”) or (ii) 10 business days following the commencement of a tender offer or exchange offer that would result in a person or group beneficially owning 10% or more of such outstanding shares of common stock.

 

The Rights are not exercisable until the distribution date and will expire at the close of business on December 1, 2013, unless earlier redeemed or exchanged by the Bancorp.

 

In the event that at any time following the Rights dividend declaration date, a person becomes the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, each holder of a Right (other than Rights held by the party triggering the Rights and certain transferees which are voided) will thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise, common stock (or, in certain circumstances, cash, property, or other securities of the Bancorp subject to certain limitations) having a value equal to two times the exercise price of the Right. However, Rights are not exercisable following the occurrence of the event set forth above until such time as the Rights are no longer redeemable by the Bancorp.

 

62

 


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

NOTE 12 -- SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN (CONTINUED)

 

On December 16, 2007, the Bancorp amended its Shareholder Rights Plan to provide that neither S&T Bancorp, Inc. (“S&T”) nor any of its Subsidiaries, Affiliates or Associates, shall be or become an Acquiring Person as a result of the approval, execution, delivery or performance, or public announcement thereof, of the Agreement and Plan of Merger between S&T and the Company, dated as of December 16, 2007 (the “Merger Agreement”), any or all of the Voting Agreements (as defined in the Merger Agreement), or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

NOTE 13 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

In the normal course of business, there are various outstanding commitments and certain contingent liabilities which are not reflected in the accompanying financial statements. These commitments and contingent liabilities represent financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments were comprised of commitments to extend credit approximating $122,976,000 and $85,356,000 as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and approximate fair value.

 

The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet. The same credit policies are used in making commitments and conditional obligations as for on-balance-sheet instruments. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. The terms are typically for a one year period, with an annual renewal option subject to prior approval by management.

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the loan agreement. These commitments are comprised primarily of available commercial and personal lines of credit.

 

Commitments to extend credit, including commitments to grant loans and unfunded commitments under lines of credit, are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bancorp evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bancorp upon extensions of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, and income producing commercial properties. On loans secures by real estate, the Bancorp generally requires loan to value ratios of no greater than 80%.

 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bancorp to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements and similar transactions. The terms of the letters of credit vary and may have renewal features. The credit risk involved in using letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. The Bancorp holds collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary. Management believes that the proceeds obtained through a liquidation of such collateral would be sufficient to cover the maximum potential amount of future payments required under the corresponding guarantees. The current amount of the liability as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, for guarantees under standby letters of credit issued is not material.

 

63

 


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

NOTE 13 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)

 

The exposure to loss under these commitments is limited by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures. Substantially all of the commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards at the time of the loan funding. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total contractual amounts do not necessarily represent future funding requirements.

 

The Bancorp and Bank are involved in various legal actions from normal business activities. Management believes that the liability, if any, arising from such actions will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Bancorp and Bank.

 

NOTE 14 -- CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT

 

The Bank primarily grants loans to customers in Western Pennsylvania, and maintains a diversified loan portfolio and the ability of its debtors to honor their contracts is not substantially dependent on any particular economic business sector. A substantial portion of the Bank’s investments in municipal securities are obligations of state or political subdivisions located within Pennsylvania. As a whole, the Bank’s loan and investment portfolios could be affected by the general economic conditions of Pennsylvania. In addition, at December 31, 2007 and 2006, a significant portion of the Bank’s “due from banks” and “federal funds sold” is maintained with two large financial institutions located in Southwestern Pennsylvania. The Bank maintains a cash balance and federal funds sold at financial institutions that exceed the $100,000 amount that is insured by the FDIC. Amounts in excess of insured limits, per the institutions’ records, were approximately $4,832,000 and $4,680,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

NOTE 15 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

The Bank maintained one non-contributory defined benefit pension plan for its employees prior to 1995 (Plan #1). In 1995, various plan assumptions were changed which resulted in a reduction in benefits for older and long-standing employees. To compensate for this, a supplemental non-qualified plan was installed for those employees so affected (Plan #2). The Bank’s funding policy is to contribute annually, an amount not to exceed that which can be deducted for federal income tax purposes for Plan #1. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date but also for those expected to be earned in the future. Assets for the plans are primarily invested in U.S. Government obligations, corporate obligations, equity securities, and mutual funds whose valuations are subject to fluctuations of the securities’ market.

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans” (SFAS 158). The Bank adopted SFAS 158 prospectively on December 31, 2006. SFAS 158 requires that we recognize all obligations related to defined benefit pensions. This statement requires that the Bank quantify the plans’ funding status as an asset or a liability on our consolidated balance sheets.

 

SFAS 158 requires that the Bank measure the plans’ assets and obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the fiscal year. The Bank is also required to recognize as a component of other comprehensive income (OCI) the changes in funded status that occurred during the year that are not recognized as part of net periodic benefit cost as explained in SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions.”

 

Based on the funded status of its defined benefit pension plans as of December 31, 2007, the Bank reported an increase to our OCI of $40,818, a decrease of $317,430 to accrued pension obligations, and a decrease of $21,028 to the deferred tax asset account.

 

64

 


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

NOTE 15 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)

 

Defined Benefit Plans (continued)

 

The actuarial measurement period of October 15, through October 14, was used to determine the components of the net periodic pension cost and the financial disclosures for both plans. The actuarial measurement date of October 15 was used in determining the plans’ liabilities and asset information. The following is a combined summary of the plans’ components as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, even though the information has been compiled on the basis of the actuarial measurement period.

 

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

$

4,768,711

 

 

 

$

4,455,987

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

356,489

 

 

 

 

356,068

 

 

 

 

Interest cost

 

285,737

 

 

 

 

266,965

 

 

 

 

Benefits paid

 

(754,589

)

 

 

 

(123,622

)

 

 

 

Other – net

 

120,726

 

 

 

 

(186,687

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

$

4,777,074

 

 

 

$

4,768,711

 

 

 

Change in Fair Value of Plan Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

Plan assets at estimated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

fair value at beginning of year

$

4,245,466

 

 

 

$

3,348,241

 

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets, net of expenses

 

467,678

 

 

 

 

342,549

 

 

 

 

Benefits paid

 

(754,589

)

 

 

 

(123,622

)

 

 

 

Employer contributions

 

612,704

 

 

 

 

678,298

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

$

4,571,259

 

 

 

$

4,245,466

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

$

(205,815

)

 

 

$

(523,245

)

 

 

 

Unrecognized net loss from actuarial experience

 

1,304,324

 

 

 

 

1,388,289

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized prior service cost

 

(110,652

)

 

 

 

(128,914

)

 

 

 

Unrecognized transition asset

 

(10,203

)

 

 

 

(14,060

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid pension cost

$

977,654

 

 

 

$

722,070

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

Prepaid benefit cost

$

327,707

 

 

 

$

485,057

 

 

 

 

Accrued benefit liability

 

(202,815

)

 

 

 

(523,245

)

 

 

 

Accumulated OCI, net of taxes

 

(781,090

)

 

 

 

(821,908

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(656,198

)

 

 

$

(860,096

)

 

 

In the months of December 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Bank contributed $413,947, $612,708 and $678,298 respectively, to the plans subsequent to the actuarial measurement dates of October 15, 2007, 2006 and 2005. Because these employer contributions were paid after the actuarial measurement period ended, the Bank’s prepaid pension cost at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $327,707, $485,057 and $1,043,094, respectively.

 

65

 


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

NOTE 15 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)

 

Defined Benefit Plans (continued)

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of:

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

Transition asset

$

(10,203

)

 

$

(14,060

)

 

 

Prior service cost

 

(110,652

)

 

 

(128,914

)

 

 

Net loss

 

1,304,324

 

 

 

1,388,289

 

 

 

 

$

1,183,469

 

 

$

1,245,315

 

 

 

The pension liability adjustment to Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) is a result of an increase, net of deferred income tax, in the transition asset and prior service cost of $2,546, $12,053, respectively, off-set by a decrease in net loss, net of deferred benefit, of $55,417.

The accumulated benefit obligation totaled $3,525,101 and $3,622,820 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Net periodic pension cost included the following components:

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

Service cost

 

$

356,489

 

 

$

356,068

 

 

 

$

289,282

 

 

Interest cost

 

 

285,737

 

 

 

266,965

 

 

 

 

227,751

 

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(313,604

)

 

 

(270,003

)

 

 

 

(219,638

)

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

 

(18,262

)

 

 

(18,262

)

 

 

 

(18,262

)

 

Amortization of transition asset

 

 

(3,857

)

 

 

(3,857

)

 

 

 

(3,857

)

 

Recognized net actuarial loss

 

 

50,617

 

 

 

75,335

 

 

 

 

57,296

 

 

Net periodic pension cost

 

$

357,120

 

 

$

406,246

 

 

 

$

332,572

 

 

The following is a summary of the estimated portion of the net periodic pension cost included in accumulated other comprehensive income that is expected to be recognized during the year ended December 31, 2008:

 

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

$

(18,262

)

 

 

Amortization of transition asset

 

 

(3,857

)

 

 

Recognized net actuarial loss

 

 

52,628

 

 

 

Net periodic pension cost to be recognized

 

$

30,509

 

 

 

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine both the benefit obligations and net periodic pension costs were as follows:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Plan #1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

6.00%

 

6.00%

 

6.00%

 

Expected long-term return on plan assets

 

7.00%

 

7.00%

 

7.00%

 

Rate of compensation increase

 

3.50%-5.50%

 

3.50%-5.50%

 

3.50%-5.50%

 

Plan #2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

7.00%

 

7.00%

 

7.00%

 

Expected long-term return on plan assets

 

5.00%

 

6.00%

 

6.00%

 

Rate of compensation increase

 

3.50%

 

3.50%

 

3.50%

 

 

66

 


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

NOTE 15 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)

 

Defined Benefit Plans (continued)

 

The interest rate assumption utilized for the plan valuation methods is 7%. The interest rate assumption is reasonable considering historical rates of return and the asset allocation mix of the plans.

 

Pension plan weighted-average asset allocations by investment category are as follows:

 

 

 

 

December  31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

12

%

 

16

%

 

 

 

 

Stocks

 

13

%

 

15

%

 

 

 

 

Bonds

 

7

%

 

5

%

 

 

 

 

Mutual funds

 

39

%

 

33

%

 

 

 

 

Government securities

 

29

%

 

31

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

The Bank’s pension plan funds are managed and held in trust by the Bank’s Trust Division. The investment objective and strategy for investing plan assets calls for a “Moderate Growth Income Objective”. This objective provides for a preservation of the principal’s purchasing power and moderate growth and income. The range of equity exposure is from 40 to 80 percent and fixed income maturities to 30 years. The investment policies of the plan trustees prohibit the use of derivatives. In addition, the plan assets are diversified appropriately across different business sections for individual securities and the plan trustees have further diversified plan assets by maintaining an investment in mutual funds.

 

Other Employee Benefit Plans

 

The Bank also maintains non-qualified deferred compensation plans for certain directors, which are generally funded by life insurance. Prior to 2002, premiums on those policies were paid for by the Bank. In 2002, the Bank elected to pay those premiums with dividends accruing on the insurance policies. The present value of these benefits to be paid under the programs is being accrued over the estimated remaining service period of the participants. The liability for these future obligations was $633,276 and $616,930 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

In addition, the Bank maintains a qualified 401(k) - deferred compensation plan for eligible employees. The plan is designed to provide a predetermined matching contribution by the Bank based on compensation deferrals by participants in the plan. The Bank contributions, including administrative fees, for 2007, 2006 and 2005 amounted to $86,846, $88,196 and $80,561, respectively.

 

NOTE 16 -- RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

At December 31, 2007 and 2006, certain officers and directors of the Bancorp and the Bank, and companies in which they have beneficial ownership, were indebted to the Bank in the aggregate amount of approximately $13,870,000 and $9,063,000, respectively. During 2007, new loans to such related parties were approximately $8,518,000 and repayments approximated $3,711,000.

 

67

 


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

NOTE 17 -- DISCLOSURES ABOUT THE FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value.

Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Certificates of deposit: The carrying amounts of these short term investments approximate their fair value.

Investment securities: The fair value of securities is equal to the available quoted market price. If no quoted market price is available, fair value is estimated using the quoted market price for similar securities.

Federal Home Loan Bank stock: The carrying value of the FHLB stock is a reasonable estimate of fair value due to restrictions on the securities.

Loans receivable: For certain homogeneous categories of loans, fair value is estimated using the quoted market prices for securities backed by similar loans adjusted for differences in loan characteristics. The fair value of other types of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers for the same remaining maturities.

Accrued interest receivable: The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Deposit liabilities: The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Accrued interest payable: The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Short-term borrowings: The carrying amounts of borrowings under repurchase agreements are short-term borrowings and approximate their fair values.

FHLB advances: The fair value of FHLB advances was determined using a discounted cash flow analysis based on current FHLB advance rates for advances with similar maturities.

Off-balance sheet financial instruments: Off-balance sheet financial instruments of The Bancorp consist of letters of credit, loan commitments and unfunded lines of credit. Fair value is estimated using fees currently charged for similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties credit standings. Any fees charged are immaterial.

The estimated fair value of the Bancorp’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

 

Fair

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

 

Fair

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

Value

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

Value

 

 

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

25,209,978

 

 

 

$

25,209,978

 

 

 

$

19,954,648

 

 

 

$

19,954,648

 

 

 

Certificate of deposit

$

100,000

 

 

 

$

100,000

 

 

 

$

100,000

 

 

 

$

100,000

 

 

 

Investment securities

$

251,538,866

 

 

 

$

251,538,866

 

 

 

$

221,249,369

 

 

 

$

221,249,369

 

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

$

4,422,600

 

 

 

$

4,422,600

 

 

 

$

5,196,800

 

 

 

$

5,196,800

 

 

 

Loans receivable

$

477,319,342

 

 

 

$

482,903,705

 

 

 

$

467,720,508

 

 

 

$

471,887,819

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

$

4,691,875

 

 

 

$

4,691,875

 

 

 

$

4,472,894

 

 

 

$

4,472,894

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

$

610,756,935

 

 

 

$

610,794,957

 

 

 

$

572,472,214

 

 

 

$

581,250,829

 

 

 

Short—term borrowings

$

44,944,240

 

 

 

$

44,944,240

 

 

 

$

27,416,559

 

 

 

$

27,416,559

 

 

 

FHLB advances

$

57,631,336

 

 

 

$

57,233,719

 

 

 

$

72,409,643

 

 

 

$

74,028,364

 

 

 

Accrued interest payable

$

5,134,729

 

 

 

$

5,134,729

 

 

 

$

4,405,172

 

 

 

$

4,405,172

 

 

 

Off—balance sheet financial instruments

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

68

 


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

NOTE 18 -- REGULATORY MATTERS

 

The Bank is subject to legal limitations on the amount of dividends that can be paid to the Bancorp. The Pennsylvania Banking Code restricts the payment of dividends, generally to the extent of its retained earnings.

 

The Bank and the Bancorp are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bancorp’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank and Bancorp must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s and Bancorp’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios, as set forth below, of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. Management believes, as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subjected. The Bancorp’s ratios are not materially different than the Bank’s.

 

The Bank’s actual capital ratios as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the minimum ratios required for capital adequacy purposes, and the ratios required to be considered well capitalized under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 provisions are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum

 

 

 

Well

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

Capital

 

 

 

Capitalized

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

Requirements

 

 

 

Requirements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-based capital ratio

 

14.7

%

 

 

14.6

%

 

 

8.0

%

 

 

10.00

%

 

Leverage capital ratio

 

8.3

%

 

 

8.5

%

 

 

3.0% to 4.0

%

 

 

5.00

%

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

13.6

%

 

 

13.8

%

 

 

4.0

%

 

 

6.00

%

 

 

Included in cash and due from banks are required federal reserves of $8,274,000 and $7,945,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, for facilitating the implementation of monetary policy by the Federal Reserve System. The required reserves are computed by applying prescribed ratios to the classes of average deposit balances. These reserves are held in the form of due from banks.

 

NOTE 19 -- STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

The Bancorp’s Stock Option Plan authorizes the granting of stock options to directors and employees for up to 600,000 shares of common stock, given retroactive effect of the stock dividend described in Note 21. The stock option plan provides for a term of ten years, after which no awards can be made. Under the plan, the exercise price of each option equals the closing market price of the Bancorp’s stock on the grant date, and an option’s maximum term is ten years. Options constitute both incentive and non-incentive stock options. Options granted to directors are vested immediately and are exercisable six months from the grant date and options granted to employees generally vest over three years.

 

 

69

 


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

NOTE 19 -- STOCK OPTION PLAN (CONTINUED)

 

As of December 31, 2007, a total of 599,500 stock options have been granted, of which, 250,375 are vested and exercisable, 192,667 have not vested, 128,556 have been exercised and 27,903 have been forfeited.

 

A summary of the status of the Bank’s stock option plan is presented below:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise

 

 

Shares

 

 

 

Price

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

 

Price

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

 

Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at beginning of year

230,874

 

 

 

$

17.30

 

 

 

174,542

 

 

 

$

15.43

 

 

 

204,178

 

 

 

$

15.57

 

Granted

219,000

 

 

 

$

18.75

 

 

 

80,500

 

 

 

$

19.99

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Forfeitures

(2,832

)

 

 

$

22.67

 

 

 

(6,668

)

 

 

$

24.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Exercised

(4,000

)

 

 

$

13.11

 

 

 

(17,500

)

 

 

$

13.37

 

 

 

(29,636

)

 

 

$

13.38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31,

443,042

 

 

 

$

18.01

 

 

 

230,874

 

 

 

$

17.30

 

 

 

174,542

 

 

 

$

15.43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31,

250,375

 

 

 

$

17.25

 

 

 

169,873

 

 

 

$

16.33

 

 

 

165,004

 

 

 

$

15.38

 

 

The options outstanding at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 had a weighted-average contractual maturity of 7.53 years, 5.68 years, and 5.74 years, respectively.

 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

 

December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Dividend yield

6.00%

 

5.50%

 

None granted

Expected life

7 years

 

7 years

 

 

Expected volatility

18.99%

 

19.24%

 

 

Risk-free interest rate

4.50%

 

4.90%

 

 

Weighted-average fair value

$ 1.95

 

$ 2.45

 

 

 

The Bancorp follows the fair value recognition provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. Awards under the plan vest over periods ranging from six months to three years.

 

NOTE 20 -- TREASURY STOCK

 

In 2007 and 2006 the Bancorp repurchased 29,716 shares of its stock for $565,973 and 16,385 shares of its stock for $667,100, respectively, and is being held as treasury stock.

 

70

 


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

NOTE 21 -- CAPITAL STOCK

 

On October 17, 2006, the Bancorp declared a two-for-one stock split on the Bancorp’s capital stock, which was effected in the form of a 100 percent stock dividend. One additional share was issued for each share of capital stock held by shareholders of record as of the close of business on October 27, 2006. New shares were distributed on November 16, 2006. Par value will remain unchanged as $1.25. The number of shares issued on November 16, 2006, after giving effect to the split, was 5,965,119.

 

NOTE 22 -- MERGER ANNOUNCEMENT

 

On December 17, 2007, S&T Bancorp Inc. (NASDAQ:STBA) and IBT Bancorp, Inc. (AMEX:IRW) jointly announced the signing of a definitive merger agreement pursuant to which S&T Bancorp, Inc. will acquire IBT Bancorp, Inc. in a stock and cash transaction subject to shareholder and regulatory approvals.

 

NOTE 23 -- RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

In May 2007, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FIN 48-1 “Definition of Settlement in FASB Interpretation No. 48” (FSP FIN 48-1). FSP FIN 48-1 provides guidance on how to determine whether a tax position is effectively settled for the purpose of recognizing previously unrecognized tax benefits. FSP FIN 48-1 is effective retroactively to January 1, 2007. The implementation of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

In November 2007, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109 (SAB 109), “Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value Through Earnings” which expresses the views of the staff regarding written loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value through earnings under generally accepted accounting principles. To make the staff’s views consistent with current authoritative accounting guidance, the SAB revises and rescinds portions of SAB No. 105, “Application of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments.” Specifically, the SAB revises the SEC staff’s views on incorporating expected net future cash flows related to loan servicing activities in the fair value measurement of a written

loan commitment. The SAB retains the staff’s views on incorporating expected net future cash flows related to internally-developed intangible assets in the fair value measurement of a written loan commitment. The staff expects registrants to apply the views in Question 1 of SAB 109 on a prospective basis to derivative loan commitments issued or modified in fiscal quarters beginning after December 15, 2007. The Bancorp does not expect SAB 109 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

 

71

 


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

NOTE 23 -- RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The new guidance is effective for financial years beginning after November 15, 2007, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The Bancorp is currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of SFAS 157 on the Bancorp’s consolidated financial statements

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued proposed FASB Staff Position (FSP) 157-b, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157,” that would permit a one-year deferral in applying the measurement provisions of Statement No. 157 to non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities (non-financial items) that are not recognized or disclosed at fair value in an entity’s financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). Therefore, if the change in fair value of a non-financial item is not required to be recognized or disclosed in the financial statements on an annual basis or more frequently, the effective date of application of Statement 157 to that item is deferred until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years. This deferral does not apply, however, to an entity that applies Statement 157 in interim or annual financial statements before proposed FSP 157-b is finalized. The Bancorp is currently evaluating the impact, if any, that the adoption of FSP 157-b will have on the Bancorp’s operating income or net earnings.

 

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities-Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115.” SFAS No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected will be recognized in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. SFAS No. 159 is effective on January 1, 2008. The Company is evaluating the impact that the adoption of SFAS No. 159 will on the Bancorp’s consolidated financial statements.

 

 

72

 


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

NOTE 24 -- PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The condensed financial information for IBT Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 is as follows:

 

BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash in bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

141,147

 

 

 

$

1,016,721

 

Investment in subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65,466,162

 

 

 

 

61,110,750

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

156,245

 

 

 

 

205,243

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

250,915

 

 

 

 

248,346

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

66,014,469

 

 

 

$

62,581,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

66,014,469

 

 

 

 

62,581,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

66,014,469

 

 

 

$

62,581,060

 

 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends from subsidiary

 

$

6,000,000

 

 

 

$

7,100,000

 

 

 

$

5,650,000

 

Other dividends

 

 

8,050

 

 

 

 

10,882

 

 

 

 

11,280

 

Investment security gains

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120,744

 

Income from joint ventures

 

 

31,315

 

 

 

 

19,026

 

 

 

 

34,805

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Professional fees

 

 

226,944

 

 

 

 

118,074

 

 

 

 

105,943

 

Miscellaneous

 

 

250,915

 

 

 

 

111,857

 

 

 

 

63,143

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income Before Equity in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Undistributed Earnings of Subsidiary

 

 

5,561,506

 

 

 

 

6,899,977

 

 

 

 

5,647,743

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in Undistributed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings of Subsidiary

 

 

2,294,852

 

 

 

 

1,555,715

 

 

 

 

2,931,608

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

$

7,856,358

 

 

 

$

8,455,692

 

 

 

$

8,579,351

 

 

 

 

73


 

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

NOTE 24 -- PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

$

7,856,358

 

 

 

$

8,455,692

 

 

 

$

8,579,351

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

(31,315

)

 

 

 

(19,026

)

 

 

 

(34,805

)

Investment security gains

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(120,744

)

Equity in undistributed earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of subsidiary

 

 

(2,294,852

)

 

 

 

(1,555,715

)

 

 

 

(2,931,608

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Cash From Operating Activities

 

 

5,530,191

 

 

 

 

6,880,951

 

 

 

 

5,492,194

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions from joint ventures

 

 

28,748

 

 

 

 

24,085

 

 

 

 

23,116

 

Proceeds from sale of securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

154,311

 

 

 

 

185,899

 

Purchase of securities available for sale

 

 

(683

)

 

 

 

(56,697

)

 

 

 

(4,783

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Cash From Investing Activities

 

 

28,065

 

 

 

 

121,699

 

 

 

 

204,232

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid

 

 

(5,867,857

)

 

 

 

(5,896,738

)

 

 

 

(5,438,036

)

Exercised stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

(40,495

)

 

 

 

 

Purchase of Treasury Stock

 

 

(565,973

)

 

 

 

(667,100

)

 

 

 

 

Sale of Treasury Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

95,624

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Cash Used by Financing Activities

 

 

(6,433,830

)

 

 

 

(6,508,709

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

(875,574

)

 

 

 

493,941

 

 

 

 

258,390

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year

 

 

1,016,721

 

 

 

 

522,780

 

 

 

 

264,390

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

 

$

141,147

 

 

 

$

1,016,721

 

 

 

$

522,780

 

 

 

74

 


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

IBT BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

NOTE 24 -- CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Quarters Ended 2007

 

 

 

 

 

March 31

 

 

 

June 30

 

 

 

September 30

 

 

 

December 31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

$

10,615,790

 

 

 

$

10,979,666

 

 

 

$

11,283,085

 

 

 

 

11,571,124

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

5,233,611

 

 

 

 

5,372,521

 

 

 

 

5,687,265

 

 

 

 

5,867,861

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

5,382,179

 

 

 

 

5,607,145

 

 

 

 

5,595,820

 

 

 

 

5,703,263

 

Provision for loan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

losses

 

 

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

150,000

 

Non-interest income

 

 

 

 

1,627,052

 

 

 

 

1,670,010

 

 

 

 

1,723,896

 

 

 

 

1,785,245

 

Non-interest expense

 

 

 

 

4,370,261

 

 

 

 

4,276,318

 

 

 

 

4,462,026

 

 

 

 

4,916,470

 

Income before income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

taxes

 

 

 

 

2,388,970

 

 

 

 

2,750,837

 

 

 

 

2,607,690

 

 

 

 

2,422,038

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

521,365

 

 

 

 

686,861

 

 

 

 

588,174

 

 

 

 

516,777

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

$

1,867,605

 

 

 

$

2,063,976

 

 

 

$

2,019,516

 

 

 

$

1,905,261

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per Share of Capital Stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

$

0.32

 

 

 

$

0.35

 

 

 

$

0.34

 

 

 

$

0.33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

 

 

$

0.32

 

 

 

$

0.35

 

 

 

$

0.34

 

 

 

$

0.32

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarters Ended 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31

 

 

 

June 30

 

 

 

September 30

 

 

 

December 31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

$

9,418,342

 

 

 

$

9,871,783

 

 

 

$

10,358,604

 

 

 

 

10,744,002

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

4,010,646

 

 

 

 

4,392,961

 

 

 

 

4,853,163

 

 

 

 

5,257,168

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

5,407,696

 

 

 

 

5,478,822

 

 

 

 

5,505,441

 

 

 

 

5,486,834

 

 

 

Provision for loan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

 

550,000

 

 

 

 

350,000

 

 

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

Non-interest income

 

 

 

 

1,844,553

 

 

 

 

1,858,549

 

 

 

 

1,939,668

 

 

 

 

1,706,592

 

 

 

Non-interest expense

 

 

 

 

4,037,663

 

 

 

 

4,217,532

 

 

 

 

4,275,458

 

 

 

 

4,706,373

 

 

 

Income before income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxes

 

 

 

 

2,914,586

 

 

 

 

2,569,839

 

 

 

 

2,819,651

 

 

 

 

2,187,053

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

604,147

 

 

 

 

384,418

 

 

 

 

668,466

 

 

 

 

378,406

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

$

2,310,439

 

 

 

$

2,185,421

 

 

 

$

2,151,185

 

 

 

$

1,808,647

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per Share of Capital Stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

$

0.39

 

 

 

$

0.37

 

 

 

$

0.37

 

 

 

$

0.30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

 

 

$

0.39

 

 

 

$

0.37

 

 

 

$

0.36

 

 

 

$

0.30

 

 

 

 

 

 

75

 


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

Effective January 1, 2008, Edwards Sauer & Owens (“ESO”) merged with Beard Miller Company LLP (“Beard Miller”).  As a result of the merger, ESO ceased to be the independent auditors of the Registrant.  Effective January 1, 2008, the Registrant engaged Beard Miller as its successor independent audit firm.  The Registrant’s engagement of Beard Miller was approved by the Registrant’s Audit Committee.

 

ESO's reports on the Registrant's consolidated financial statements for the two fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

 

In connection with their audits of the two fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and any subsequent interim period preceding the date hereof, there were no disagreements between the Registrant and ESO on any matters of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which, if not resolved to the satisfaction of ESO, would have caused them to make a reference to the subject matter of the disagreements in connection with their reports.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

(a)         Disclosure Controls and Procedures. The Company’s management evaluated, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms.

 

(b)        Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and the Attestation Report of its Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are incorporated herein by reference from the Consolidated Financial Statements included in item 8.

 

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company’s last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

 

Not applicable.

 

76

 


PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

Set forth below is information about the Company’s directors and executive officers and other senior management employees. The Board of Directors currently consists of nine members and is divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, each class serving for a three-year term, with approximately one-third of the directors elected each year.

 

 Year
First

Current
Term

Elected or

as Director

Directors:

Age (1)

Positions with the Company

Appointed (2)

To Expire

 

 

 

 

 

John N. Brenzia

65

Director

2004

2009

Thomas E. Deger

57

Director

2004

2009

Charles W. Hergenroeder

60

Director

2004

2008

Richard J. Hoffman

62

Director

2002

2009

Robert Rebich, Jr.

66

Director, Chairman of the Board

1991

2010

Richard L. Ryan

77

Director

1968

2008

Grant J. Shevchik

56

Director

1992

2010

Charles G. Urtin

61

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

1998

2010

Robert C. Whisner

79

Director

1969

2008

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Officers Who are Not Directors

 

 

 

 

Robert A. Bowell

52

Executive Vice President, Chief Lending Officer, Secretary and Treasurer

NA

NA

David A. Finui

53

Senior Vice President and Chief Retail Officer of the Bank

NA

NA

Raymond G. Suchta

59

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

NA

NA

 

_______

 

 

(1)

As of December 31, 2007.

 

 

(2)

Refers to the year the individual first became a director of IBT Bancorp, Inc. or Irwin Bank. All directors of the Bank as of August 1986 became directors of the Company when it was incorporated in August 1986.

 

 

Biographical Information

 

The principal business experience of each director and executive officer is set forth below. The executive officers and all directors have held their present positions for five years unless otherwise stated.

 

John N. Brenzia is the vice president and chief financial officer of Irwin Car and Equipment. Prior to his position with Irwin Car and Equipment, Mr. Brenzia served in the financial department of Elliott Turbomachinery Company, a multi-national manufacturer of heavy machinery.

 

Thomas E. Deger is the President and majority stockholder in Highland Carbide Tool Co., Inc., North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania.

 

Charles W. Hergenroeder is a partner in the law firm of Hergenroeder, Rega and Sommer, LLC, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

 

77

 


Richard J. Hoffman is the owner of Hoffman Enterprises, a real estate development company, in Westmoreland and Allegheny Counties, Pennsylvania.

 

Robert Rebich, Jr., currently President of Amax Corporation, a property management firm, retired in 1995 as the general manager of Parker Hannifin Corp.

 

Richard L. Ryan is Chief Executive Officer and majority stockholder of Ryan Moving and Storage, Inc. of Pittsburgh.

 

Grant J. Shevchik is a physician with Partners in Health - UPMC.

 

Charles G. Urtin is President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank. The Board of Directors appointed Mr. Urtin President of the Company in April 2000 and Chief Executive Officer of the Company in January 1999. Mr. Urtin became President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank on December 31, 1998. Prior to becoming President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Urtin held several executive positions with the Company and the Bank.

 

Robert C. Whisner is the President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Airtek Incorporated, North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania, a manufacturer of electric generators.

 

Executive Officers of the Company or the Bank Who Are Not Directors

 

Robert A. Bowell was appointed in April 2000 by the Company's Board of Directors to serve as Executive Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer of the Company. In January 2002 he was also appointed Chief Lending Officer. Since December 1998, Mr. Bowell has been an Executive Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer of the Bank. Prior to such date, Mr. Bowell served as Executive Vice President of the Bank.

 

David A. Finui was appointed on January 15, 2002, Senior Vice President and Chief Retail Officer of the Bank. Previous to his new appointment, Mr. Finui served as Vice President and Trust Officer of the Bank. Prior to his employment at the Bank, Mr. Finui was Senior Vice President of Community Banking for First Philson Bank, Somerset, Pennsylvania.

 

Raymond G. Suchta was appointed Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank on January 15, 2002 and as Chief Financial Officer of the Company in October 2002 and Senior Vice President in April 2003. Previous to his employment at the Bank, Mr. Suchta was Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of GA Financial Inc., Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Mr. Suchta is a Certified Public Accountant.

 

Board Committees

 

In addition to other committees, the Company has a standing Audit Committee. The Compensation Committee of the Bank also acts as the Compensation Committee for the Company. The full Board of Directors acts as a Nominating Committee.

 

Audit Committee. The Audit Committee, a standing committee, is currently comprised of Directors Brenzia, Ryan, and Shevchik, three non-employee members of the Board of Directors. All members of the Audit Committee are independent in accordance with the listing standards of the American Stock Exchange. The Audit Committee meets with the independent auditors, Beard Miller Company LLP (formerly Edwards Sauer & Owens, P.C.), to discuss the annual audit and any related matters. The Audit Committee is further responsible for internal controls for financial reporting. The

 

78

 


Audit Committee has adopted a written charter which is available to stockholders on our website at www.ibtbancorp.biz. The Audit Committee met 11 times in fiscal year 2007.

 

Audit Committee Financial Expert. The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Brenzia, a member of the Company’s Audit Committee, is an “Audit Committee Financial Expert” as that term is defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Board of Directors has also determined that Mr. Brenzia is independent as independence is defined for audit committee members under the rules of the American Stock Exchange.

 

Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee of the Bank is currently comprised of Directors Hoffman, Rebich, Ryan and Shevchik. The members of the Compensation Committee are independent in accordance with the listing standards of the American Stock Exchange. This standing committee recommends to its Board of Directors a salary for the president and chief executive officer and approves officer salary adjustments. The committee’s processes and procedures for determining director and executive officer compensation are discussed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis and Director Compensation. The Compensation Committee has not adopted a written charter. The Compensation Committee met 5 times during fiscal year 2007.

 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

 

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires our directors and executive officers and the beneficial owners of more than 10% of the Common Stock to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership of their equity securities of the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission and to furnish us with copies of those reports. To the best of our knowledge, all filings by our directors and executive officers were made on a timely basis during the 2007 fiscal year.

Code of Ethics

 

The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. A copy of the Company’s Code of Ethics will be furnished, without charge, to any person who requests such copy by writing to the Secretary, IBT Bancorp, Inc., 309 Main Street, Irwin, Pennsylvania 15642.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Overview

 

IBT Bancorp’s Compensation Committee generally reviews, approves and reports to the Board of Directors on compensation and related programs and plans. The Compensation Committee is currently comprised of four directors, all of whom are independent, as described under “Director Independence.” The duties of the Compensation Committee include:

 

 

Recommending to the Board of Directors the compensation for IBT Bancorp’s President and Chief Executive Officer.

 

Approving the compensation for and approving promotions of other executive officers;

 

Evaluating the annual performance of the President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

79

 


 

Establishing compensation policies for directors, officers and employees generally; and

 

Other post employment benefit plans

The Compensation Committee meets as necessary, with meetings called by the Committee Chairman. The Committee may seek the advice of consultants and legal counsel as it may deem necessary. No such advice, however, was sought during 2007.

 

Objectives

 

Our overall compensation objective is to design a competitive, total compensation program to effectively attract, motivate, and retain executives. The program recognizes team and individual accomplishments related to the Company’s annual performance and long-term strategic goals and consistent with shareholder expectations. The Committee strives to meet these objectives while maintaining market competitive pay levels within the industry and with companies approximating the size and operating within the same general geographic area as IBT Bancorp, Inc. Based upon the Committee’s annual review of our compensation programs and market information for other financial institutions of similar size in the surrounding geographic areas, we believe that the total compensation opportunity offered to our executives and employees provides them with a competitive economic opportunity and income security and provides our shareholders with long-term value.

 

Elements of Compensation

 

The Company’s compensation program has five major components:

 

 

Base Salary

 

Bonuses

 

Long-Term Equity-Based Incentive Compensation

 

Retirement and Income Security Plans

 

Other Benefits and Perquisites

 

Factors Relevant in the Determination of Compensation

 

General. Our base salary and benefits plans are designed to attract and retain executives with a focus on long-term strategic goals and performance. Bonuses are performance-driven rewards geared towards shorter-term performance. The Compensation Committee has not established specific allocations of the various elements of the compensation package. In general, the Committee has determined that at least 70% of the total compensation package (including bonuses and retirement benefits) should be base salary. Non-cash compensation is primarily in the form of benefit plans. Other non-cash compensation, such as stock options are designed to reward long-term performance and may not actually be realized in the future as a significant part of the overall compensation package due to the uncertainties inherent in the future value of the Company’s stock.

 

80

 


The Board considers qualitative and quantitative factors for determining executive compensation packages. The Committee and the Board exercise discretion in determining executive compensation packages especially when negative financial performance cannot be attributed to the decisions or conduct of any particular executive, such as when a properly underwritten loan becomes nonperforming.

 

Base Salary. The committee reviews the job performance and the salary of the President and Chief Executive Officer annually. The President and Chief Executive Officer assists the committee in its review of the job performance and salary of other executive officers but does not participate in discussions regarding his own compensation. Elements considered during these reviews include:

 

 

Job scope and responsibilities;

 

Company, unit and individual performance, and

 

Salary rates for similar positions at similar companies.

 

The Committee reviews the scope of responsibilities of the position held by the officer, the officer’s experience and performance on the job; which is based on the officer’s management skills, judgment, application of knowledge and information and support of corporate values and priorities.

 

Bonuses. Executive officers may receive a percentage of their annual salary as an annual cash bonus. The amount of the bonus is determined by the performance of the Company during the previous year or at the Board’s discretion. Performance results are measured by earnings per share, growth in non-interest income, control of non-interest expenses, achievement of budgeted targets, and results of compliance exams by the Company’s regulators. Particular emphasis is placed on the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council report on Irwin Bank’s performance and balance sheet composition relative to its peer group of banks with assets between $300 million and $1 billion. Because the Compensation Committee believes that community involvement is important to the success of a community bank, each individual officer’s involvement in the community is also considered. While the Compensation Committee considers each of the quantitative and non-quantitative factors described above, such factors are not assigned a specific weight in evaluating the performance of the Company’s executives. Rather, all factors are considered in the aggregate in determining the amount of annual incentive compensation to pay. The Compensation Committee has significant discretion in awarding annual cash bonuses even if the quantifiable factors considered for such awards fall short of performance goals.

 

Long-Term Equity-Based Incentive Compensation. Ownership of the Company’s stock by executives who play a significant role in the success of the Company is considered key to building long-term shareholder value. While executives are not required to own Company stock, all of our executives are encouraged to invest in the Company’s stock and our executives have invested significant amounts of their personal wealth in the Company’s stock. The Compensation Committee believes that equity-based compensation plans are an effective tool in aligning executive interests with those of other stockholders. The Board of Directors are the administrators of a stock option plan approved by stockholders in 2000. The Board of Directors awards options, at their discretion, from time to time based upon the factors listed in determining base salary and bonuses and the performance of the Company’s common stock. The Board, executive officers and other officers of the Bank are eligible to receive incentive stock options under the stock option plan, which is designed to comply with Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. Exercise prices on options are based upon the closing price of the Company Stock as reported on the American Stock Exchange, on the day that the options are granted. Options vest immediately for Directors and equally, over three years, for all other participants. Vesting is accelerated in the event of a change in control. Once Options are earned and exercisable, they remain exercisable for up to ten years

 

81

 


from the original date of grant, subject to continuation of service or employment with the Company. In determining the timing and amounts of awards, the Committee seeks to recognize the relative contribution of each executive officer to the success of the Company.

 

Retirement and Income Security Plans. Benefit plans, including health insurance, retirement plans, and change of control plans, are traditional compensation tools used by companies to attract and maintain employees of outstanding abilities. Executive officers, other officers and full-time employees of the Company are eligible to participate in the plans. The Company pays the costs of the plans, which include; health care, life insurance, and a defined benefit pension plan (Plan 1). The Company also sponsors a 401(k) plan, in which, the Company will match 25% of an employees contribution to the plan, up to a maximum of six percent of salary. The President and Chief Executive Officer is the sole remaining participant in a supplemental defined benefit retirement plan (Plan 2) instituted in 1994 after various plan assumptions were changed which resulted in a reduction in benefits for older and long-standing employees.

 

The four NEO’s (Named Executive Officers) are all covered by change in control severance agreements. Details of the payments that would be made under those severance agreements in various circumstances are discussed elsewhere in this statement. Payments under the Severance Agreements are triggered upon the termination of employment of the executive, absent just cause, in connection with or within two years following a change in control of the Company or the Bank. The Board of Directors believes that severance protection is desirable in order to ensure that the NEOs remain focused on the business of the Company in the event of a change-in-control. The Company considers the level of severance protection offered to our NEOs to be appropriate and consistent with the usual and customary practices regarding these types of agreements within the financial services industry. Such severance payments are not intended to exceed the amounts that are deductible by the Company in accordance with Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”).

 

Other Benefits and Perquisites. As a community-oriented bank, we believe that it is important that our senior officers are visible in the community and to our customers and employees. The President and Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President are paid a gasoline allowance. Both executives receive a payment designed to compensate them for the taxes related to that allowance. The Company maintains a corporate membership at a local country club. The President and Chief Executive Officer, the Executive Vice President and the Chief Retail Officer are named as members. The aggregate value of perquisites and personal benefits per individual do not exceed $10,000.

 

Annual Evaluations

 

The Board conducts the evaluation of the President and Chief Executive Officer. All other executive officers’ evaluations are conducted by the President and Chief Executive Officer. For the 2007 fiscal year, the President and Chief Executive Officers salary was established based on the 2006 performance of the Company, the management of strategic objectives, and public relations. Additionally, proxy statements were reviewed from publicly traded financial institutions with assets ranging between $300 million and $1.0 billion from the areas of Western Pennsylvania, West Virginia and Ohio, including 23 Pennsylvania banks, one West Virginia bank and nine Ohio banks.

 

Executive officers are primarily evaluated on weighted performance objectives specific to their individual jobs and rated on a scale from 1 to 5. The performance factor and percentage weighting for each of the named executive officers are listed below;

 

82

 


Executive Vice President / Chief Lending Officer

 

 

Loan Program Development/Maintenance

 

20%

Strategic Objectives Management

 

20%

Management Performance

 

10%

Policy/Procedure Compliance

 

10%

Reporting/Communication

 

10%

Customer/Public Relations

 

10%

Internal Cooperation

 

10%

Loan Judgment

 

10%

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Financial Systems Performance/Management

 

20%

Strategic Objectives Management

 

20%

Policy/Procedure Compliance

 

15%

Reporting/Communication

 

15%

Management Performance

 

10%

Customer/Public Relations

 

10%

Internal Cooperation

 

10%

 

 

 

Chief Retail Officer

 

 

Operating Plan Development/Implementation

 

20%

Strategic Objectives Management

 

20%

Management Performance

 

15%

Policy/Procedure Compliance

 

15%

Reporting/Communication

 

10%

Customer/Public Relations

 

10%

Internal Cooperation

 

10%

 

The Compensation Committee does not use any specific “benchmarking” with other selected group of companies when determining compensation levels for its executive officers. The Committee does review proxy statements from publicly traded financial institutions that are also used for the President and Chief Executive Officer. Based on the above scoring and peer group analysis, base salaries for the Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officers, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Retail Officer were increased 4.26%, 4.55%, and 4.17% from the prior year. In addition, the Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Retail Officer were each granted stock option awards of 10,000, 8,000 and 8,000 shares, respectively, on October 16, 2007.

 

Other

 

The Company has never been required to restate performance measures upon which performance-based compensation is based. Accordingly the Company has never had to recover performance related compensation from an executive because of restatements, or recalculations of goals.

 

Material increases in executive compensation would be based upon material changes to the duties and responsibilities of the Named Executive Officer, performance materially in excess of expectations or material changes in the structure or size of the Company such as that following an acquisition. Material decreases could be expected to occur in connection with material adverse events. Bonuses and other performance based compensation are sensitive to the Company’s performance and could fluctuate materially as a result. No such material changes or occurrences have occurred thus far.

 

83

 


Executive compensation paid or earned previously is not considered when calculating or setting retirement benefits. All executives participate in retirement plans available to all full time employees. Benefits are calculated based upon base salaryaccording to the provisions of those plans.

 

None of the types of compensation paid by the Company nor the amounts of compensation paid result in any detrimental accounting treatments or detrimental income tax treatments to the Company.

 

Conclusions

 

The Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors feel that a complete and competitive total compensation plan is needed to attract and retain qualified personnel, including our executives who are able to meet the short and long-term strategic objectives of the Company and shareholder expectations. While IBT Bancorp’s and by extension Irwin Bank’s executive compensation plan may not be as elaborate as others, pay top of the range salaries, or include a myriad of perquisites as other programs, the Committee believes that it has been effective for achieving the Company’s objectives and is in the long-term best interests of our shareholders and has attracted executives that blend well with the Board of Directors, the employees, and the customers of the Bank.

 

Compensation Committee Report. The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the foregoing Compensation Discussion and Analysis with Management. Based on foregoing review and discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the foregoing Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this proxy statement.

 

 

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

 

Richard J. Hoffman

 

Robert Rebich, Jr.

 

Richard L. Ryan

 

Grant J. Shevchik

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation. The Compensation Committee currently consists of Directors Hoffman, Rebich, Ryan and Shevchik. No member of the Committee is, or was, an executive officer of another company whose board of directors has a comparable committee on which one of the Company's executive officers serves. None of the executive officers of the Company is, or was during 2007, a member of a comparable compensation committee of a company of which any of the directors of the Company is an executive officer.

 

84

 


Summary Compensation Table. The following table sets forth the cash and non-cash compensation awarded to or earned during the last two fiscal years by our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and each other executive officer whose total compensation (excluding compensation attributable to changes in pension value and non-qualified deferred compensation earnings) during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 exceeded $100,000 for services rendered in all capacities to IBT Bancorp, Inc. and Irwin Bank. The Company does not have any plans that provide for stock awards or non-equity incentive compensation to the named executive officers.

 

 

 

 

Year

 

Salary

 

Bonus

 

Option
Awards (1)

 

Change in
Pension Value
and Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings (2)

 

All Other
Compensation(3)

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charles G. Urtin

 

2007

 

$

228,937

 

$

0

 

$

13,068

 

$

60,827

 

$

6,496

 

$

309,328

 

President and Chief

 

2006

 

 

215,330

 

 

10,750

 

 

0

 

 

47,581

 

 

6,807

 

 

280,468

 

Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raymond G. Suchta

 

2007

 

$

113,924

 

$

0

 

$

4,900

 

$

9,421

 

$

1,857

 

$

130,102

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

2006

 

1

108,354

 

 

8,250

 

 

0

 

 

6,721

 

 

1,646

 

 

124,971

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert A. Bowell

 

2007

 

$

151,188

 

$

0

 

$

8,168

 

$

17,086

 

$

7,798

 

$

184,240

 

Executive Vice President,

 

2006

 

 

140,130

 

 

10,575

 

 

0

 

 

11,6723

 

 

7,276

 

 

169,653

 

Secretary, Treasurer and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Lending Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David A. Finui

 

2007

 

$

124.468

 

$

0

 

$

4,900

 

$

9,241

 

$

1,973

 

$

140,582

 

Senior Vice President

 

2006

 

 

119,570

 

 

9,000

 

 

0

 

 

6,443

 

 

1,802

 

 

136,815

 

And Chief Operating

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Officer of the Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___________________

 

(1)

Consists of amount recognized as expense by the Company for financial reporting purposes for options granted to the named executive officers on April 17, 2006. For a description of assumptions used in determining the value of the options see Note 19 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8.

   

 

(2)

Consists of the change in actuarial present value of the Named Executive Officer’s accumulated benefit under the Company’s defined benefit plans.

   

 

(3)

All other compensation for 2007 consists of Company matching contributions to the 401(k) accounts of Messers. Urtin, Suchta, Bowell, and Finui of $3,596, $1,857, $2,398, and $1,973, respectively, and gas reimbursement payments to Messers. Urtin and Bowell of $2,900 and $5,400, respectively.

 

 

85

 


Grants of Plan-Based Awards. The following tables set forth certain information with respect to plan-based awards granted to the Named Executive Officers.

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

All Other
Option Awards:
Number of
Securities Underlying
Options (#)

 

Exercise of
Base Price of
Option
Awards ($/Sh)

 

Grant Date Fair
Value of Stock
and Option
Awards (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charles G. Urtin

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Raymond G. Suchta

 

10/16/07

 

8,000

 

$

18.75

 

$

15,600

 

Robert A. Bowell

 

10/16/07

 

10,000

 

$

18.75

 

$

19,500

 

David A. Finui

 

10/16/07

 

8,000

 

$

18.75

 

$

15,600

 

 

_______

 

 

(1)

Equals fair value of options calculated using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model and the assumptions described in Note 19 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

The Company’s Stock Based Compensation Plan was approved by the stockholders on April 18, 2000 and provides for granting of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Plan is administered by the Board of Directors. The Board, from time to time, determines the officers, directors, key employees and other persons who shall be granted awards under the plan. The stock options granted to the Named Executive Officers in 2007 have a ten year term and vest over three years after the date of grant. Options have no express performance criteria other than continued employment (with limited exceptions for termination of employment, death, disability, retirement, and change in control). Options have an implicit performance criterion because the options have no value to the unless and until the stock price exceeds the exercise price.

 

No options may be granted under the plan after ten years from the effective date. The price at which an option may be exercised shall not be greater than the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date the option is granted. All exercise prices on all options granted to date have been the closing price of the stock on the date the option was granted.

 

 

86

 


Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End. The following table sets forth information concerning outstanding equity awards of the Named Executive Officers at fiscal year end, as well as the value of such awards held by such persons at the end of the fiscal year.

 

 

 

Option Awards

 

 

Number of

Number of

 

 

 

 

Securities Underlying

Securities Underlying

 

 

 

 

Unexercised

Unexercised

Option

Option

 

Grant

Options

Options

Exercise

Expiration

Name

Date

Exercisable

Unexercisable

Price

Daste

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charles G. Urtin

5/16/2000

5/16/2001

5/21/2002

9/02/2003

4/17/2006

16,000

8,000

8,000

2,400

2,667

 

 

 

5,333 (1)

$12.250

11.500

16.438

25.700

19.985

5/16/2010

5/16/2011

5/21/2012

9/02/2013

4/17/2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raymond G. Suchta

5/21/2002

9/02/2003

4/17/2006

10/16/2007

2,400

2,400

1,000

0

 

2,000 (1)

8,000 (2)

$16.438

25.700

19.985

18.750

5/21/2012

9/02/2013

4/17/2016

10/16/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert A. Bowell

5/16/2000

5/16/2001

5/21/2002

9/02/2003

4/17/2006

10/16/2007

8,000

4,000

4,000

2,400

1,667

0

 

 

 

3,333 (1)

10,000 (2)

$12.250

11.500

16.438

25.700

19.985

18.750

5/16/2010

5/16/2011

5/21/2012

9/02/2013

4/17/2016

10/16/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

David A. Finui

5/16/2000

5/16/2001

5/21/2002

9/02/2003

4/17/2006

10/16/2007

4,000

2,000

3,000

2,400

1,000

0

 

 

 

2,000 (1)

8,000 (2)

$12.250

11.500

16.438

25.700

19.985

18.750

5/16/2010

5/16/2011

5/21/2012

9/02/2013

4/17/2016

10/16/2017

_______

(1)

Options become 33-1/3% vested on each of April 17, 2007, 2008 and 2009.

 

(2)

Options become 33-1/2% vested on each of October 16, 2008, 2009 and 2010.

 

Pension Benefits. The following table provides information with respect to each defined benefit pension plan in which a Named Executive Officer may receive payments or other benefits at, following, or in connection with retirement.

 

Name

 

 

Plan Name

 

Number of
Years Credited
Service (1)

 

Present
Value of
Accumulated
Benefits (2)

 

Payments
During Last
Fiscal Year

Charles G. Urtin

 

 

 

Plan #1
Plan #2

 

23
13

 

$

 

497,544

83,958

 

N/A
N/A

Raymond G. Suchta

 

 

Plan #1

 

6

 

 

43,984

 

N/A

Robert A. Bowell

 

 

Plan #1

 

19

 

 

132,909

 

N/A

David A. Finui

 

 

Plan #1

 

8

 

 

48,920

 

N/A

 

________

 

 

(1)

Years of credited service equal the lesser of the Named Executive Officer’s actual years of service or the number of years that the plan has been in existence.

  

 

(2)

Assumes retirement at normal retirement age as defined in the Plan. Present value is calculated using assumptions set forth in Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

87

 


 

Irwin Bank maintained one non-contributory defined benefit pension plan for its employees prior to 1995 (Plan #1). Employees are eligible to enter the plan on October 15th or April 15th following the attainment of age 21 and the completion of one year of service. In 1995, various plan assumptions were changed which resulted in a reduction in benefits for older and long-standing employees. To compensate for this, a supplemental non-qualified plan was installed for those employees so affected (Plan #2). The Bank's funding policy is to contribute annually an amount in excess of the minimum funding requirement but less than the maximum amount that can be deducted for federal income tax purposes for Plan #1. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date, but also for those expected to be earned in the future. Assets for the plans are primarily invested in U.S. Government obligations, corporate obligations and equity securities whose valuations are subject to market fluctuations.

 

Benefits under Plan #1 and #2 will be calculated at normal retirement at age 65 as a monthly benefit equal to the sum of 1.1% of average monthly compensation multiplied by years of service (with a maximum of 44 years), plus 0.65% of average monthly compensation in excess of the social security taxable wage base for each year multiplied by years of service (not to exceed 35 years). Effective October 15, 1994, the pension formula was revised to 0.8% rather than 1.1% of average monthly compensation, as noted above, for all employees, except those who attained age 50 and completed 10 years of service prior to December 31, 1994.

 

Participants age 55 with 15 years of service are eligible for early retirement equal to the Normal Retirement Benefit reduced 5/9% for each month early for the first five years and 5/18% for each of the next sixty months that payment precedes age 65.

 

Participants are eligible for disability benefits prior to termination. The disabled participant will receive an immediate commencement of the actuarial equivalence of their Accrued Benefit. Actuarial equivalence will be determined using 6.00% interest and the 1984 Unisex Pension Table.

 

Participants are eligible for death benefits prior to retirement, disability or termination of employment. The participant’s beneficiary will be entitled to the actuarial equivalent of the remaining value of the Participant’s accrued benefit reduced by the actuarial equivalent of any Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. Actuarial equivalence will be determined using 6.00% interest and the 1984 Unisex Pension Table.

 

The present value of accumulated plan benefits under Plan #1 is calculated using 6.00% interest and the RP 2000 Mortality Table, projecting mortality improvements from a base year of 2007 seven years for annuitants and fifteen years for non-annuitants and then combined into a single table (post-retirement only). The present value of accumulated plan benefits under Plan #2 is calculated using 7.00% interest and the 1984 Unisex Pension Table.

 

Benefits are payable in the form of various annuity alternatives, including a joint and survivor option. For the pension plan year ended December 31, 2007, the highest permissible annual benefit under the Internal Revenue Code is $180,000.

 

88

 


Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control. The Named Executive Officers are parties to various agreements that provide for payments in connection with any termination of their employment. The following table shows the prepayments that would be made to the Named Executive Officers at, following or in connection with any termination of their employment in the specified circumstances as of the last business day of the last fiscal year.

 

 

 

 

 

Name and Plan

Voluntary
Termination

 

Early
Retirement

 

Normal
Retirement

 

Involuntary
Not For
Cause
Termination

 

For Cause
Termination

 

Change-in
Control
Termination

 

Disability

 

Death

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charles G. Urtin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance Agreement(1)

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

622,000

 

$

120,000

 

$

450,000

Insurance
Continuation(2)

 

 

 

54,876

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension Plan(3)

 

 

 

505,424

 

 

628,137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Option Plan(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,344

 

 

 

 

Non-Qualified Plan(5)

 

 

 

88,751

 

 

110,053

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raymond G. Suchta

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance Agreement(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

91,000

 

 

69,000

 

 

230,000

Pension Plan(3)

 

 

 

45,145

 

 

62,393

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Option Plan(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

85,530

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Bowell

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance Agreement(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

274,000

 

 

88,200

 

 

294,000

Pension Plan(3)

 

 

 

132,909

 

 

283,485

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Option Plan (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113,214

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David A. Finui

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance Agreement(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113,000

 

 

75,000

 

 

250,000

Pension Plan(3)

 

 

 

48,920

 

 

98,439

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Option Plan(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Equals lump sum payment to which Named Executive Officer would be entitled upon termination.

(2)

Equals present value of anticipated payments through age 65 based on past experience and using 3.50% discount value.

(3)

Equals present value of anticipated payments using actuarial assumptions in the RP 2007 Table Projected with Scale AA and 6.00% discount rate.

(4)

Equals the difference between the market price of the Common Stock on December 31, 2007 ($27.55 per share) and the exercise price of all unvested options at that date.

(5)

Present value of anticipated payments using actuarial assumptions in the 1984 Unisex Pension Table and 7.00% discount rate.

 

 

89

 


Change in Control Agreements. Irwin Bank has entered into change in control severance agreements with Messrs. Urtin, Suchta, Bowell and Finui, respectively. The agreements are each for a three year term and may be renewed annually by the board of directors upon a determination of satisfactory performance within the board's sole discretion. The agreement may be terminated by the Bank for just cause, as that term is defined in the agreement, or for no cause. If Messrs. Urtin's, Bowell's, Finui's or Suchta’s employment is terminated without just cause in connection with, or within two years after, any change in control of the Bank or the Company, such officer will be paid a lump sum equal to 2.99, 2.0, 1.0 or 1.0 times, respectively, of his average annual taxable compensation paid during the five years prior to the change in control. In the event of a change of control at December 31, 2007, Messrs. Urtin, Suchta, Bowell and Finui would have received payments of approximately $622,000, $91,000, $274,000 and $113,000, respectively.

 

Medical Insurance Continuation Agreement. IBT Bancorp, Inc. has entered into a Medical Insurance Continuation Agreement with Charles G. Urtin which provides that if Mr. Urtin’s employment is terminated by the Bank for any reason or he retires prior to the date that Mr. Urtin shall attain age 65, Mr. Urtin and his dependent family shall be eligible to continue to participate in medical and dental insurance plans sponsored by the Bank or the Company and any successor thereto, with the cost of such premiums paid by the Bank until such time that Mr. Urtin and his spouse shall be eligible for coverage under the Federal Medicare System or any successor program.

 

Stock Option Plan. Under the Stock Option Plan, all unvested options become immediately vested and exercisable upon a change-in-control.

Director Compensation

Set forth below is a table providing information concerning the compensation of the directors of the Company who are not Named Executive Officers for the last completed fiscal year (2007). The Company does not have any plans providing for stock awards or non-equity incentive compensation to directors. Directors do not participate in any pension or deferred compensation plans offered by the Company.

 

Name

 

Fees Earned
or Paid
in Cash

 

Option
Awards (1)

 

All Other
Compensation

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John N. Brenzia

 

$

23,400

 

$

21,450

 

$

 

$

44,850

Thomas E. Deger

 

 

19,450

 

 

21,450

 

 

 

 

40,900

Charles W. Hergenroeder

 

 

15,650

 

 

21,450

 

 

 

 

37,100

Richard J. Hoffman

 

 

16,000

 

 

21,450

 

 

 

 

37,450

Robert J. Rebich, Jr.

 

 

26,300

 

 

21,450

 

 

 

 

47,750

Richard L. Ryan

 

 

22,250

 

 

21,450

 

 

 

 

43,700

Grant J. Shevchik

 

 

25,725

 

 

21,450

 

 

 

 

47,175

Robert C. Whisner

 

 

14,750

 

 

21,450

 

 

 

 

36,200

 

(1)

Equals grant-date fair value of award calculated using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model and the assumptions described in Note 19 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements which was the amount recognized as expense for financial reporting purposes in 2007. At December 31, 2007, directors had the following number of option awards outstanding: Mr. Rebich - 12,000 shares; Mr. Shevchik – 23,000 shares; Mr. Ryan – 20,750 shares; Mr. Hoffman – 14,000; Mr. Whisner – 3,000 shares; and Messrs. Brenzia, Deger and Hergenroeder – 13,000 shares each.

 

 

90

 


The directors of IBT Bancorp, Inc. are not separately compensated. However, each non-employee director of Irwin Bank received a fee of $1,250 for each meeting attended for the year ended December 31, 2007. Each member of a board committee (other than employees who are also directors) receives a fee of $300 per committee meeting attended, except members of the audit committee are paid a fee of $300 per meeting attended in person and the executive committee members are paid a fee of $500 per meeting attended in person. For the year ended December 31, 2007, board and committee fees totaled approximately $163,525. Messers. Rebich and Shevchik received quarterly retainers in the amounts of $2,500 and $1,500, respectively. Mr Rebich serves as chairman of the board while Mr. Shevchik serves as chairman of the audit committee.

 

All directors of the Bank were, prior to 1995, eligible to defer receipt of board fees earned prior to 1995 until a later date, such as following retirement or reaching a certain age. Director Whisner participates in this program that provides a guaranteed net rate of return by the Bank over a specified time period for the fees deferred. During 2007, this program resulted in payments to Director Whisner of $11,276.

 

The Bank pays life insurance premiums for Director Whisner. However, the premiums on the policies are currently being paid by the dividends on the policies.

 

Under the 2000 Stock Option Plan, each non-employee director was granted options to purchase 4,500 shares of Common Stock in May 2000, 2,250 shares of Common Stock in May 2001, 2,250 shares of Common Stock in May 2002, 1,000 shares in September 2003, 2,000 shares in April 2006 and 11,000 shares in October 2007. Messrs. Rebich and Whisner did not receive options in 2007. In each case, the exercise price of the options was equal to the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on the effective date of grant.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

(a) Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners. The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2007, persons or groups who own more than 5% of the Common Stock and the ownership of all executive officers and directors of the Company as a group. Other than as noted below, management knows of no person or group that owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock at December 31, 2007.

 

 

Name and Address

of Beneficial Owner

Amount and Nature of

Beneficial Ownership

Percent of

Common Stock

 

S&T Bancorp, Inc.

800 Philadelphia Street

Indiana, PA 15237

 

475,174 (1)

 

8.12%

 

(1)

According to the amendment to the Schedule 13G filed by S&T Bancorp, Inc. on February 1, 2008, all shares are held by its subsidiaries, 9th Street Holdings, Inc., S&T Bank, and S&T Bancholdings, Inc.

 

(b) Security Ownership of Management. The following table provides information as of December 31, 2007 concerning ownership of the Company’s common stock by the Company’s directors and certain executive officers, including shares held directly as well as shares for which the individuals are deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership, such as shares held by spouses or minor children, in trust, and other forms of indirect beneficial ownership.

 

 

91

 


 

 

 

Beneficial Owner

 

Shares of
Common Stock
Beneficially Owned (1)

 

 

Percent of
Class

 

 

 

 

 

 

John N. Brenzia

 

22,375

 

 

%

Thomas E. Deger

 

22,000

 

 

%

Charles W. Hergenroeder

 

23,520

(2)

 

%

Richard J. Hoffman

 

27,024

(2)

 

%

Robert Rebich, Jr.

 

207,990

(2)

 

3.55%

Richard L. Ryan

 

36,714

 

 

*

Grant J. Shevchik

 

34,745

 

 

*

Charles G. Urtin

 

66,629

(2)

 

1.13%

Robert C. Whisner

 

166,276

 

 

2.84%

Robert A. Bowell

 

33,075

 

 

*

David A. Finui

 

17,883

 

 

*

Raymond G. Suchta

 

17,356

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

All directors and executive

 

 

 

 

 

officers as a group

 

674,687

 

 

11.17%

 

*

Less than 1.0%

(1)

Unless otherwise noted, all persons and group named in the table above have sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to the shares listed in the table. Includes 186,684 shares of the Common Stock that directors, nominees and executive officers have the right to acquire pursuant to the exercise of options with 60 days of December 31, 2007 as follows: Mr. Urtin – 37,067 shares; Mr. Rebich – 12,000 shares; Shevchik – 23,000 shares; Mr. Ryan – 20,750 shares; Mr. Hoffman – 14,000 shares; Mr. Whisner – 3,000 shares; Messrs. Brenzia, Deger and Hergenroeder – 13,000 shares each; Mr. Bowell – 20,067 shares; Mr. Finui – 12,400 shares; and Mr. Suchta – 5,400 shares.

(2)

Excludes 269,874 shares of Common Stock held by ITrust & Co. ITrust & Co. was formed by the Bank to act as the record holder for the clients of the Bank's trust department. Currently, Directors Hergenroeder, Hoffman, Rebich and Urtin serve as the trust committee of ITrust & Co. This committee acts as a fiduciary in directing the voting and disposition of securities held in the accounts of trusts and estates. This committee had the authority to exercise shared voting and dispositive power with respect to 214,970 shares and sole voting and dispositive power over 54,904 shares on the record date. Beneficial ownership is disclaimed over all shares held by ITrust & Co.

 

 

(c) Changes in Control. Other than the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated December 16, 2007, by and between S&T Bancorp, Inc. and IBT Bancorp, Inc., management knows of no arrangements, including any pledge by any person of securities of the Company, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the registrant.

 

(d) Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans. Set forth below is information as of December 31, 2007 with respect to compensation plans under which equity securities of the Registrant are authorized for issuance.

 

92

 


 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

 

 

(A)

Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights

 

(B)


Weighted-average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights

 

(C)
Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding Securities
Reflected in Column (A))

 

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2000 Stock Option Plan

 

442,042

 

 

$18.00

 

 

500

 

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders:

 

na

 

 

na

 

 

na

 

 

Total

 

442,042

 

 

$18.00

 

 

500

 

 

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

Related Party Transactions. The Bank, like many financial institutions, has followed a policy of granting various types of loans to officers, directors and employees. All loans to executive officers, directors and immediate family members of such persons have been made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for the Bank's other customers except that employees of the Bank are entitled to a one percentage point reduction in the rate of interest charged, and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility, or present other unfavorable features. The following table sets forth information with respect to all loans in excess of $120,000 outstanding to executive officers or directors at the employee rate during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007

 



Name and Title

 



Type of Loan

 



Rate

 

Highest
Outstanding
Balance

 


Balance at
12/31/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David A. Finui

 

Home Equity

 

5.490%

 

$

158,672

 

$

0

 

Senior VIce President

 

Home Equity

 

6.590%

 

$

173,000

 

$

172,295

 

 

The Board of Directors approves all loans to executive officers and annually reviews all lines of credit. All loans have an imbedded demand feature obligating immediate repayment of the principal outstanding when the aggregate amount of indebtedness from all sources exceeds the statutory limit set under Regulation O.

Interests of Directors and Executive Officers in the Merger. Certain members of management and the Board of Directors of the Registrant have interests in the merger that are in addition to and may be different from, any interests they may have as stockholders of IBT generally.

 

Directors Change in Control Severance Plan. In connection with the merger, each outside director of IBT will receive a payment under the change in control provisions of the IBT Bancorp, Inc./Irwin Bank Directors Change in Control Severance Plan. The severance benefit amount is equal to 299% of the annual average of the total board retainers, meeting fees, committee fees and other cash

 

93

 


compensation paid to a director during the five completed calendar years between 2003 and 2007. The estimated payments under the plan are as follows:

 

 

Director

 

Payment(1)

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Rebich, Jr.

 

$58,484

 

Grant J. Shevchik

 

61,897

 

Charles W. Hergenroeder

 

50,481

 

Richard L. Ryan

 

63,164

 

Robert C. Whisner

 

49,335

 

Thomas E. Deger

 

56,760

 

Richard J. Hoffman

 

55,166

 

John N. Brenzia

 

60,847

 

(1)

Each outside director of IBT who becomes a director of S&T will not receive payment under the Director Change in Control Severance Plan unless such director’s service on the S&T board of directors is for less than 24 months.

 

Change in Control Severance Agreements. Irwin Bank has entered into Change in Control Severance Agreements with Messrs. Urtin, Suchta, Bowell and Finui. The Change in Control Severance Agreements generally provide that if the officer’s employment is terminated without just cause in connection with, or within two years after, any change in control of IBT or Irwin Bank, or if the officer voluntarily terminates employment following a change in control of IBT or Irwin Bank upon (or within 90 days following) the occurrence of certain events adverse to the officer, such officer is entitled to receive a lump sum severance payment, which we refer to as the Severance Payment. The Severance Payment is an amount equal to 2.99 (in the case of Mr. Urtin), 1.0 (in the case of Mr. Suchta), 2.0 (in the case of Mr. Bowell) or 1.0 (in the case of Mr. Finui) times the officer’s “base amount” as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Internal Revenue Code. In general, the officer’s “base amount” is the officer’s average annual taxable compensation for the five years ending prior to the change in control (or such shorter period that the officer has been employed by Irwin Bank). Each Change in Control Severance Agreement also provides that the Severance Payment will be reduced by the minimum amount necessary to ensure that the Severance Payment is not an excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code (which, in general are subject to a 20% excise tax and are non-deductible by the payor). The lump sum cash Severance Payments are estimated to be approximately $622,000 for Mr. Urtin, $274,000 for Mr. Bowell, $91,000 for Mr. Suchta and $113,000 for Mr. Finui. In addition, the Change in Control Severance Agreements for Messrs. Bowell, Suchta and Finui also provide that the officer and his dependents shall remain eligible to participate in the medical and dental programs offered by Irwin Bank through the longer of (i) the remaining terms of the agreement or (ii) eighteen months, provided the officer reimburses Irwin Bank for the COBRA costs associated with the continuation of such coverage. In connection with entering into the merger agreement, the Change in Control Severance Agreements for Messrs. Urtin, Suchta and Finui were amended as described below.

 

94

 


Cancellation of Stock Options. On the effective date of the merger, each outstanding option to purchase IBT common stock will be converted into the right to receive a cash payment equal to the product of (i) the number of shares subject to such option and (ii) the dollar amount equal to (A) $31.00 less (B) the exercise price of such option, less any applicable withholding taxes. In order to receive the cash payment for their options, option holders must first submit to a Stock Option Cancellation Agreement that provides that the option holder has surrendered his or her options for the option payment price and that all of IBT’s obligations relating to such options are extinguished. The following table reflects the number of options held by each director and executive officer and the payment that each will receive in exchange for their options (before deduction of any applicable withholding taxes), assuming the individuals do not exercise any options prior to the merger closing.

 

 

 

Director

 

Number

of Shares

 

Total Cash

Payment for Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Rebich, Jr.

 

12,000

 

$188,346

 

Grant J. Shevchik

 

23,000

 

323,096

 

Charles W. Hergenroeder

 

13,000

 

156,780

 

Richard L. Ryan

 

20,750

 

290,330

 

Robert C. Whisner

 

3,000

 

27,330

 

Thomas E. Deger

 

13,000

 

156,780

 

Richard J. Hoffman

 

14,000

 

162,080

 

John N. Brenzia

 

13,000

 

156,780

 

Robert A. Bowell

 

33,400

 

476,545

 

David A. Finui

 

22,400

 

301,453

 

Raymond G. Suchta

 

15,400

 

172,890

 

Charles G. Urtin

 

42,400

 

673,340

 

Employment Agreement for Robert A. Bowell. S&T Bank will enter into an employment agreement with Robert A. Bowell with a term of five years at a salary no less than his current salary, effective as of the merger effective date. The agreement will include S&T Bank’s standard severance provisions, including change in control severance provisions, the terms of which are still being negotiated. In addition, the agreement will provide that:

 

 

Mr. Bowell will be named a Senior Vice President of S&T Bank upon the effectiveness of the Merger.

 

 

Mr. Bowell will receive the same change-in-control protection currently provided to other S&T Bank Senior Vice Presidents.

 

 

All terms of the agreement will comply with the requirements of Internal Revenue Code section 409A.

 

Post-Closing Employment Matters for David A. Finui. S&T Bank intends to offer employment to David A. Finui, the terms of which are not yet defined. If such employment offer is not accepted by Mr. Finui, or if Mr. Finui accepts S&T Bank’s offer of employment and voluntarily terminates his employment in accordance with the terms of his Change in Control Severance Agreement within 90 days of the merger effective date, Mr. Finui will receive his Severance Payment in a lump sum. If Mr. Finui accepts S&T Bank’s offer of employment and S&T Bank later terminates Mr. Finui’s employment without cause within 24 months from the merger effective date, Mr. Finui will be entitled to receive the

 

95

 


Severance Payment Upon payment of the Severance Payment,, Mr. Finui’s Change in Control Severance Agreement terminates, except that he will be entitled to continue to participate in the group medical insurance plans of S&T Bank for himself and his dependants, with S&T Bank paying the cost of such coverage, until the earlier of his enrollment in coverage with another employer or twelve months following the merger effective date.

 

Post-Closing Employment Matters for Raymond Suchta. Under the terms of Mr. Suchta’s Change in Control Severance Agreement, if Mr. Suchta remains employed in his current position through the merger effective date, Irwin Bank will pay him his Severance Payment in accordance with the terms of his Change in Control Severance Agreement in a lump sum as of the merger effective date. Upon payment of the Severance Payment, Mr. Suchta’s Change in Control Severance Agreement terminates, except that he will be entitled to continue his medical insurance coverage under COBRA, with S&T Bank paying the costs of such coverage, until the earlier of his enrollment in coverage with another employer or twelve months following the merger effective date.

 

Post-Closing Employment Matters for Charles G. Urtin. Under the terms of Mr. Urtin’s Change in Control Severance Agreement if Mr. Urtin remains employed in his current position through the merger effective date, Irwin Bank will pay him his Severance Payment in accordance with the terms of his Change in Control Severance Agreement in a lump sum as of the merger effective date. S&T Bank has offered Mr. Urtin at-will employment with S&T Bank at his current salary through December 31, 2008. Upon payment of the Severance Payment,, Mr. Urtin’s Change in Control Severance Agreement terminates, except that he will be entitled to continue to participate in the group medical insurance plans of the S&T Bank for himself and his spouse, with premiums paid by S&T Bank (provided the benefits are not made available to him under another employer on substantially similar terms) until age 65.

 

Supplemental Pension Plan for Charles G. Urtin.Irwin Bank has entered into a non-qualified supplemental pension plan with Charles G. Urtin. The Plan will be continued by S&T Bank after the closing of the merger, and Mr. Urtin will continue to accrue benefits under the Plan until he terminates employment with S&T Bank.

 

S&T and S&T Bank Board of Director Seats. Effective as of the merger effective date, three members of the IBT board of directors designated prior to the merger effective date by S&T’s Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee in accordance with its policies and procedures will be appointed to the S&T board of directors and to the S&T Bank board of directors.

 

Westmoreland County Advisory Board. Each of the members of the IBT board of directors not appointed to the S&T and S&T Bank board of directors will be asked to serve on S&T Bank’s Westmoreland County Advisory Board. Individuals serving as advisory directors shall receive the compensation provided to advisory directors of S&T Bank, as the case may be which shall be at least $800 per year for advisory board service.

 

Indemnification. The merger agreement provides that in the event of any threatened or actual claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation in which any person who is or has been a director or officer of IBT or is threatened to be made party based in whole or in part on, or arising in whole or in part out of, or pertaining to (i) the fact that he is or was a director, officer or employee of IBT or any of its subsidiaries or predecessors, or (ii) the merger agreement, IBT and S&T will cooperate and use their best efforts to defend against and respond thereto. S&T has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless each such indemnified party against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses in advance of the final disposition of any claim, suit, proceeding or investigation to each party to the fullest extent permitted by law), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with any such threatened or actual claim, action, suit, proceeding or

 

96

 


investigation. Additionally, the indemnified parties may retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to them after consultation with S&T. However, S&T retains the right to assume the defense thereof and upon such assumption S&T will not be liable to any indemnified party for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses subsequently incurred in connection with the defense thereof, except that if S&T elects not to assume such defense or counsel or the indemnified party reasonably advises that there are issues which raise conflicts of interest between S&T and the indemnified party, the indemnified party may retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to him after notification and S&T will pay the reasonable fees and expenses. Under the merger agreement, S&T is obligated to pay for only one firm of counsel for all indemnified parties, and S&T is not liable for any settlement effected without its prior written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld). S&T will have no further obligation to any indemnified party when and if a court of competent jurisdiction ultimately determines, and such determination is final and non-appealable, that indemnification is prohibited by law. S&T’s indemnification obligations continue for six years after completion of the merger, but the right to indemnification in respect of any claim asserted within that time period continues until the final disposition of the claim.

 

The merger agreement requires S&T to maintain in effect for six years after completion of the merger the current rights of IBT directors, officers and employees to indemnification under the IBT restated articles of incorporation or the IBT by-laws or similar governing documents. The merger agreement also provides that, upon completion of the merger, S&T will indemnify and hold harmless, and provide advancement of expenses to, all past and present officers, directors and employees of IBT and its subsidiaries in their capacities as such against all losses, claims, damages, costs, expenses, liabilities, judgments or amounts paid in settlement to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws.

 

Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance. The merger agreement provides that S&T will maintain for a period of three years after completion of the merger IBT’s current directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy, or policies of at least the same coverage and amount and containing terms and conditions which are substantially no less advantageous than the current policy, with respect to acts or omissions occurring before the merger effective date, except that S&T is not required to incur an annual premium expense greater than 150% of the current directors’ and officers’ liability insurance premium.

 

Director Independence.The Board of Directors has determined that Directors Rebich, Shevchik, Hergenroeder, Ryan, Whisner, Deger, Hoffman and Brenzia are independent under the independence standards of the American Stock Exchange on which the Common Stock is currently listed. In determining independence, the Board of Directors considered each director’s deposit and lending relationships with Irwin Bank, all of which were on market terms. In addition, the Board of Directors considered legal work done for customers of the Bank by the law firm of which Mr. Hergenroeder is a partner but determined that this relationship did not affect his independence in view of the small amount of work done. There are no members of the Audit Committee who do not meet the independence standards of the American Stock Exchange for Audit Committee members and no members of the Audit Committee are serving under any exceptions to these standards.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

Beard Miller Company LLP (“Beard Miller”) audited our financial statements for the 2007 fiscal year. Beard Miller is the successor to Edwards Sauer & Owens which audited our financial statements for the 2006 fiscal year. Edwards Sauer & Owens merged with Beard Miller effective January 1, 2008.

 

Audit Fees. The aggregate fees billed by our principal accountant for professional services rendered for the audit of the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements and for the review of the consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 were $82,645 and $89,900, respectively.

 

97

 


Audit Related Fees. The aggregate fees billed by our principal accountant for assurance and related services related to the audit of the annual financial statements and to the review of the quarterly financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 were $27,235 and $26,875, respectively.

 

Tax Fees. The aggregate fees billed by our principal accountant for professional services rendered for tax compliance, tax advice or tax planning for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 were $9,960 and $10,968, respectively.

 

All Other Fees. The aggregate fees billed by our principal accountant for professional services rendered for services or products other than those listed under the captions “Audit Fees,” “Audit-Related Fees,” and “Tax Fees” for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 were $20,128 and $22,677, respectively, and consisted of assistance in accounting matters, trust examinations and assistance with benefit plans.

 

It is the Audit Committee’s policy to pre-approve all audit and non-audit services prior to the engagement of the Company’s independent auditor to perform any service. All of the services listed above for 2007 and 2006 were approved by the Audit Committee prior to the service being rendered. No services were approved pursuant to the de minimus exception of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statements

 

 

(a)

Listed below are all financial statements and exhibits filed as part of this report.

 

 

1.

The consolidated balance sheets of IBT Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007, together with the related notes and the independent auditors’ report of Beard Miller Company, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

 

 

2.

Schedules omitted as they are not applicable.

 

 

3.

Exhibits

 

2.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 16, 2007, by and between S&T Bancorp, Inc. and IBT Bancorp, Inc. *

 

3(i)

 

Articles of Incorporation of IBT Bancorp, Inc.**

 

3(ii)

 

Amended Bylaws of IBT Bancorp, Inc.

 

4.1

 

Rights Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2003, by and between IBT Bancorp, Inc. and Registrar and Transfer Company***

 

4.2

 

Amendment, dated December 16, 2007, to Rights Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2003, by and between IBT Bancorp, Inc. and Registrar and Transfer Company ****

 

10 †

 

Change In Control Severance Agreement with Charles G. Urtin, as amended and restated*****

 

10.1 †

 

Deferred Compensation Plan For Bank Directors*****

 

10.2 †

 

Death Benefit Only Deferred Compensation Plan For Bank Directors effective as of January 1, 1990*****

 

 

98

 


 

 

 

 

10.3 †

 

Retirement and Death Benefit Deferred Compensation Plan For Bank Directors effective as of January 1, 1990*****

 

10.4 †

 

2000 Stock Option Plan******

 

10.5 †

 

Irwin Bank & Trust Company Supplemental Pension Plan*******

 

10.6 †

 

Medical Insurance Continuation Agreement with Charles G. Urtin********

 

10.7 †

 

Directors Change in Control Severance Plan *********

 

10.8 †

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement with Raymond G. Suchta, as amended and restated

 

10.9 †

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement with Robert A. Bowell, as amended and restated

 

10.10 †

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement with David A. Finui, as amended and restated

 

10.11 †

 

Addendum to Change in Control Severance Agreement with Charles G. Urtin

 

10.12 †

 

Addendum to Change in Control Severance Agreement with Raymond G. Suchta

 

10.13 †

 

Addendum to Change in Control Severance Agreement with David A. Finui

 

16.1

 

Letter regarding change in certifying accountant ********

 

21

 

Subsidiaries

 

23

 

Consent of Beard Miller Company, LLP

 

31.1

 

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer

 

31.2

 

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer

 

32

 

Section 1350 Certification

 

 

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

*

Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 17, 2007.

 

**

Incorporated by reference to the identically numbered exhibits of the Registrant’s Form 10 (File No. 0-25903) filed April 29, 1999.

 

***

Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to Form 8-A Registration Statement (File No. 001-31655) filed with the SEC on November 20, 2003.

 

****

Incorporated by reference from Amendment No. 2 to Form 8-A Registration Statement (File No. 001-31655) filed with the SEC on December 31, 2007.

 

*****

Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999.

 

******

Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-40398) filed with the SEC on June 29, 2000.

 

*******

Incorporated by reference to identically numbered exhibit in Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

 

********

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 6, 2006.

 

*********

Incorporated by reference to identically numbered exhibit to Registrant’s Quarter Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2007.

 

**********

Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 16.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 7, 2008.

 

 

99

 


 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

IBT BANCORP, INC.

 

 

Dated: March 17, 2008

 

 

 

 

/s/ Charles G. Urtin

 

 

By:

Charles G. Urtin

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Duly Authorized Representative)

 

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on March 17, 2008 on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated.

 

 

/s/ Charles G. Urtin

 

 

Charles G. Urtin

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

Thomas E. Deger

Director

 

 

 

 

/s/ John N. Brenzia

Richard L. Ryan

Director

 

John N. Brenzia

Director

 

 

/s/ Charles W. Hergenroeder

 

/s/ Robert C. Whisner

Charles W. Hergenroeder

Director

 

Robert C. Whisner

Director

 

 

/s/ Grant J. Shevchik

 

 

Grant J. Shevchik

Director

 

Robert Rebich, Jr.

Director

 

 

/s/ Raymond G. Suchta

 

/s/ Richard J. Hoffman

Raymond G. Suchta

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

Richard J. Hoffman

Director

 

 

 

GRAPHIC 2 img1.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 img1.gif M1TE&.#EA0`+C`'<`,2'^&E-O9G1W87)E.B!-:6-R;W-O9G0@3V9F:6-E`"'Y M!`$`````+`4`!0`U`MD`A(&!@0```/___P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$" M`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$" M`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P+_C(^IR^T/HYRTVHNSWKS[#X;B2):) M@*;JRK;N"\?R3-?VC>?ZSO?^#PP*A\2B\8@R()?,IO,)C4JGU*IUJKQJM]RN M]PL.BZ_9L?F,3JO7[+:L[([+Y_2Z_:Z"X_?\OO\/J*,72%AH>(@X-IC(V.CX M""D8$$DYP^"C=XFE@(-0^>FU"/JI"3-I>IK2$),J5&KI.2I;)3I;6;N"*Y#9 MNMN;^_L#IPML:[QY/#MXD.<9F]3+VWQZ4I:EA#W)S#+P+MK5T.?J[Z MG1W-&YR,1_R.V&[MD%[K5 MHDPY5L6Y\YM4.5'7WJ%8$BE7G=N6D2PI5J@+NU]/)L6Z].]9EVW=BBEL>`X] M6'L"XYG4`WBT&[L"JTH]VO6G2`_EKVK&NSK MC*H),P;G-2YKTFU&\_X-/#@:W\*+&S^.#+GRY' M&)*FH5J?Q6/B?S-]F,2((R9%(V8>J96';AIN>&)Y#O838Y``MO@@3Z9,&*1( MW@BY"Y--`MDD-U%2DR1Z/7:W8Y4Q#DBD=QSD"&64.0IYS98B/AEB,#!2*=J5 M6':YEY1&MG?8G'&&>1&(;%*YIYE.BMBGF%:Z*5V6>9[)BB(O2JBEA+'L.9F8 MZH"99)F#$MH?G(C*R&E:60K3VZ9O:4=JJ::>BNH$KFC:Z9*-`MK@1)B^H^F/ MC]X*'XRSDK'K,;6R2H2NO5(![+!U_'J&L,;_1E'LLNH%\2FHS3J;*+6DK)JL MH-9VN"TER*(W;;=2B@O)MXIH2^Z#Z3YB;H3AKHLNO+)"^RXF\W?PO/GJR\._"2/\<$W8@ALQJ!7[0?`7#E_L(<=]9'PA MPS=H5*VDLJTVYD`GJRORD1Y#-/&Y+==`,G53"@HDFW[BG'*X,\?Y,CPQN^LO M:.WUZ>J,>LJ8]&/_1+KB5E@$+32]V?ZL)`:4ZGJ;R5XW?6B@EFZVM,[,4OW6 MT/1VK=N=1=NYDD!&HTEF72FC*_:-3`[S)(X5HEVBVA;?O#-Y&Y,Q=]RX*>TG MGF0BFO>4D9M\N!-8_P/NBN"94]XIK%6C95&-6M+83E]U3Z8B;M'2B;EBFD-; MJ==T7G[+LZV+EA`FTSH>IMOBT=X#\+=WDGOPS2;-]4HU#Z]\JLX_#WWT(PA3 M;#1+OTHI\RYKGVSQ#0/;D&=O&,R]\-RCLHKN5Y\/-/N(C[1\#JL'3[[VYC.? M.&??S=]P_?B[;SFX;8]ZZP/@W0RX,`'2`&3\\M_P[G>P_`GB=0V$(*8LN"X) MVLMJ%$,@]CQH&9$Q4#\.O!T&>Q4_;BVL@!X\X94T^#<.R@QFL:--V[1E)`5V MC@TN)!`,IR9#HIV+9DCK&>$*=[?>M<]V)M3A%D;XQ!)N8C]CXYD1D$E)Q MH&O-I,8TE*@]SHX7HF3Z!G;(*+810ZN4R"8G8I\=,68AB6IE@FQI"P@T0I%O MJ)Z:=B@G$)+R33FT),:,N4#PQ8N+1\)E@)R9"&.^\@^O\)*Z(!?(/2(0FC7A M)2BFZ:'CC4M4P00A-T>%1U\A,YG7W*&:UME$ZI05(Z0#.O6P4.4XI*;%.JAADBC13G1`H1B-634(0&H>]Q#L,B8M%__X M]0&98/5-FPMC]H1WSE5]=8Q$'=A8>QHLP:TIJM%==2S,8(E*X-"8!VK,7UMU:ZPBR8Y9>-+ MSF;TA%_=+&+CZE;C^;2Q>K7@6H=I,]9U56$)/!IK,8LR6F`-BA!2BN@&2$W? M#C:.0L7M]X#WV@,:#[2%_\G$%65[S.;=,W>G-2X1AULDNBZWD#5MFADY^3'; MPNVRN;7N51]0H?M%UA(4^NXX(6+1L#2VNJW%*S_NX]JAD7>)!C5<>(DKVJJF ME5#2U`AVB:7OD:NWU^5B;7I:]J:3=@=@4X MG+U=Y5/IJY36`%>L[,SLS)(+T!'KCHJV-.V!_W.L%BMJ?C=FSFTW9#AG;O6( M+V7+?&!\W./U6#@_#N`OQR-71A6Y-+`XEG_L<9PF%_:1A`%,^)I[1LF8&E*']//,;UCR]8;PRA*^\+ZBZG?QLT>O>A6L_P&:F'W M/01;`WR*\88W;SYC:ASWE^ M2Y07:.$S3OCKC&I#*3/8LB8/UL>GRO*UR+M.7;)QHDOQ9T0/K9VCYNN7V:#UA]][OM/EIN*X, MM.M9V=/8],@:+;6W0[M^(KQXTYNJ\57?^>C-HUF4F>G&S[ZSPH0OO.$/C_C$ M7SE/@&=O$H$9=&&CY;@"4_N'+3_96OB\MTHJ[\S5MK^\OW&EX&/[2!WS=9D; M/,JJQ=^@5VOZGNXY]:5T^7F(QW>/_WNX.[^@HRF">:%_[_8D)JRA";VK-`,_ MZ1WKK)LS;5Z'YOXIMPTHY%7XZLE7-?JP#FJM#Q7Y^_RU+:)O8?F3'WNP,!>M MKR:SPQ]V_EDA'^'MM?B?KQ]S_^Z/[V7XMIPDGM]W^G=0J1=\^,=)+/)^`DA@ M!,#5DWH9/N-"`&9Y1OB$IR:%)TB%[V6%RV2#68A96[@I73AX MBF>&9XB&::B&VX%)[I9A1YA^8&A\!6>!*I9-7RB'<]B&SH&'>8B"=%AQ?CB# M8AAR@CB(@$ASAGB(>\B!B@B"A'B#CIB!D&A[DCB)B)AOEKB$F.A_FCB$G`B# MGKB#H/]((J(H@)185J8XBHQ8@:JXBK37B*YH7*CH?+(XBZ0H?K9H7;3HAKH8 MAKC8<+L!7;ZHA[!8B/@Q?<1('[PX+E3D+<\8"*X2]U8,H*WANFHCNO(CNEHC@.D8<(W#^0X6?1(C<:8BB;X MC:C$C?V8C?[(;1$"D.,XD.58D,.GC`E9<@K)D'?4D`\90!`ID2XRD15I'TD2&I8Z587FOT93G8BKF%&@>TDOK8;&W3DGCS;P6#@5OB M7">I,C19DCJ"@[,W;"6)(]83-547D35DE*BG,QC$-W^D10'_D3R9Q3@F`76] MDX!+*2EXP@YI5#11N1%32890:92R@Y3?R&/+Y$?"\I3RB%12AT,[0S=M&3(' M""M9^885!#36\Y9O63F\\F1MJ2S)DTAFJ4]NF98?5%IRV4G7@S<_>2:P,9A8 M*9"00Q=.J9BQJ)4WB43,EV[/9969&86]Z$AXB46@=IAC^'B**9J6^5U@LYKK M=II9S169BP19+,^5R9"8Z)*)S(F99!EHE"Z9M)F9V!:$54>9GNI6_6 MR4B_29T2=Y;A69?MZ9YPN9Y'-)WI6^F7\"F6'4F2XI"$8ND95=EY/GF4XN.: M_JEBY6E]M3A'PIU(,JA$2BB 9CRB-)6I.)XJBV]2.+>JB+PJC,3I/!0``.S\_ ` end GRAPHIC 3 img2.jpg GRAPHIC begin 644 img2.jpg M_]C_X``02D9)1@`!`0$`8`!@``#__@`<4V]F='=A2TCP=ZN/@RD\4>+E$*M/<*!SFG9)=<8E3>@!R9@IV%81*W`R6\JR*&\'6P3Y\C_NLJ@4JW//%;023SRI%%$I>21V"JB@;))/H`5@8' M,_?K%[^.TF@M'D(M))AQ:XBT-2A?:J3RT#Y(`/C=!LZ5$NINJK@9B#I7IW^K MFKK1FF5`Z8Z$ZW*X)`+`'84GSXW[4-+*#VE*4"E*4"M$TL74F1NK%)4EQEBP MBN@C;%Q/[:%O]JCB6'IBX4G2NK;#-9#[1@[_`"?:[OT=M)/V^7'GP4MK?G6] M4PV.^TX>UL#+WGAB"R3<=&9_;R'W\F;;$[)))\F@HAPUO%G[K-,[RW5Q`ENO M-4U#&I)XH0H.BS$G9.R!_@5J^E\C99*XN\@MPGU.38W$$$GQF%HA[4;!6TW; M8JT@\``S$>?)/O6N0O(<7'B,/(BYC,,;:SY2<.V.),DNP0P"("=C9#%?!WJH M3D(,S_&UOFWP^)XV4WTL29R\O1+V46..)2T7ECQ8OK0UY'Q*J!0=8J.]69-D M@;&0W%Q:*\#SWU_;D3Z*)H;_)AOAJN?](6G76'Z5O&AQMS'?P7 MC,:.G^F<=A[@Q0W7;DF-LK?V^3\V5=LQ8 M(9`O+9WX._-2"N7Q7N:Q6?SN=O\`IO*76<=OIK<6L3SVMO:`Q\2A)7N$EBQ5 M?)*G8CVQJ_\`QW+?8;'WF:ZHL[^WN\K-W+W)7[1011*NUC4JT@8#>P-(/S`] M`&@Z348ZXN8)\--B$GB>YG[)#N5][`8:-8&.Z5GS-UW,QB/MF.3M MO+927(N9LA,HV&N)=DO$A)"(2=ZV0``M!O.CK9HNG;>YFL'L+J\59KFW9`G; M?@J!50>%55155?851R^7*MGDLE9XC'S9#(7"6]K`O*21SX`_])/@`>22`*U- MYU4CY%\5@;3[Q?Q:[XCF5(+7Y\3W9//%OR/$!F^)\?NL>^Z>OSA[R[GNONV< MCBEDL6>,)#!+Y,7;B8E%93H!VVWO;:\`-5"UNM&2_G M`WQ=5)`5&]J21R73`D$))NH,XN)AAMH"LF3OV,-A;E2W.37Y,!Y$:_D[?I1_ MG0.FPWWN2TM\;A\`G3>&B5`DUVZO<&-E)/&$;"R*>.`!D`7R!09.-CQ?1*0Q9G+)MUE=6Y7)8RUB^T36CW\VUM[&:'N27;[4` M)_53BJ[VS>=+Y_7G"R?0-K<-#>8^>*#+QW/U+Y*\MA=2R/VF0'R0!HE64#2* M4&EUXK)7H7#M.+R\DOKW(!BWU\MY(DZ_G\5:,J$74C#B@4:UL'5!H.F+#,XK M-7V-'4-C?9FY5;W)W#XQY1"Q"JD32"5!K7(HO$?$,=*"!4ML^HL9<3V5A'D[ M>]O+J!I5:S4NC*OQ9_B6"+RV!R;WXV2*U$7\;X.W:>*VDN[:PN>(GL+>011R MA8^V`SJHD9=;)!?18DG>S5$'\5=%Q8N/'OADF5&#F9Y&$KMQX[+J0='WQ&EW MYU02FSM([&U2WB>9T3>FFF>5SL[\LY+'W^S5^K<,,5M!'!!$D442A$C10JHH M&@`!Z`%7*"W-#%OP29 M9%BO8Q\M<^9"2Z'`Q=WME-C,K/$MH&O8BO(-U#*RD:((/L$572@MP00VT$<%O$D4,2A$CC4*J*!H M``>`!5RE*!2E*!2E*!2E*!2E*#__T.S4I2@4I2@4I2@4I2@4I2@4I2@4I2@4 +I2@4I2@4I2@__]D_ ` end GRAPHIC 4 img3.jpg GRAPHIC begin 644 img3.jpg M_]C_X``02D9)1@`!`0$`8`!@``#__@`<4V]F='=AK';>UWF;8+E'AI&7)"@VL-#J5)2LJP.><5?-NI=: M0ZVH*0M(4DCD0>1JDU2^IVV*LT8YEW1*H[:?<200MP^B1D^IP.M6T&(B#!CP MVR2AAM+:<^0``_2@DTI7F3UH/:Y*L?"JV?>TQ7A$CL*F3E)W".T>('O*/LI] M3]*^*8%TGC?<9W=VU<>[0^'#^)P\3\L4%QNX`^[*SG*0KKC'&KB@ M4I2@4I2@56WBUIN\%,1:]B.V;6KU"%A6/Y5952:INS]DL,B7#:2_+`Q'95G[ MQ?D,>F3\J#R$TW.OTFY$93'!B,$\@<@N$?$@#\M?>Y7Q$)P1([)F7!:G,?A02"IPCCD\N%!H[9;'&7%SIZDNW!\`.+3^%"? M=1Y"K0@&JRS74W6*M3C!BR&7"U(84K<6UCUZC!!SZU:4"JN]7%R#$"8R4*F2 M5AF,A1X*6>I]!Q)]!5I6>;6+CK)W*06[7'2E/7#KG$_/8D#\U!86JU-6N*4; MBZ^L[GY"^*G5^9/[$@5&^T(@N`@=NWWHMESL=WCV@XSCRKIR?%9E,17 M'T(>D%0:;)P5X&3@?#C02:X5A(*CPP*Y=?;CM*=?<0VVD9*U*P!\ZK[KJ.SV M1"%7*7> M]UDLRBGO!+/;I/!:A^+:?=2.*E>>`.)J+<]?VVZ(*63/:LX3O>G(B.??#W$' M;P!ZDXY\.N.]/ZCL["UW&:CYDU:UGAKG3)YW=I'_`")4C]14AG5VG'QEN^V\C_L( M'[T%S2H;5VMSX'8SXKF3[#R3^]2$.H<&4.)5\#F@^E*Y"L_VI0>Y\ZH(^Z[: MF=E!1[G;E;:5IRT MS;PQ=I,-#LMA.U"U9(&#D9'(D=#TS7K&G+-'NCMS;MS`F.G*GB@%6>I&>6>N M.=!G[;K&U17)"KRRJQ7!Q06Y&E>W@`!2%`85P`Y=15AIW6,?4D^XQ8\.2P(/ M9Y$\BT.W:6DIEWAXS M'`>:$JXH1\DX_G0:7NT<>=1)^DEMZ-38K.60H+0IPR,X?P MH*7O(]['&@K=-Q8>E[8O4-S#B[I=?$EM9WO*3[+:?,\B>0R>@KBS7!D-+USJ M$%#\L]C;HR1O6VUD[4('M+7C)Q5P_IB8Y:K@\[+1)ODJ,MI$E:2E#.00$MCV M4\3ZD\R:IKAI2[QM-K<;2F;=RA$9I#"MB8C&0%)9*N1*0!O\`\XZG@`M0YIW<#CUQRJ^T]IY5Z;$^:TM+#Z`I]UU.UZ:2 M/JAGW4CXFO+AHVYW73#S4GLV%L,C[.M<9PAAI2<%.X^VKAUX>F:[O^O9L#3X M>AV67&D%(2IV:C8VRO''AQ4HCB.`QZT&@^[N5V-N9;2(%L*2\E/`%W`4A&.6 M$C!QY[?(U>[!Z_6LOH"P/V/3K9FK4Y<)JS)EK4MNG6UD"> M]ODX_P!NWXE_4[4_FK3);2E.U(P/(5FK`3=+]=+X?H* MT]!SM%-OJ:ZI0>`8KPH!KJE!SL'F?Z5E9]AF7G6C$J<-MIM[0+#>_(?>)!RI M/DG`^E:RN=HH`2!75*4"E*4"E*4"E*4'_]#]FI2E`I2E!`M%FAV.WH@P4K2P FA2E)"EE6-Q)//U-3Z4H%*4H%*4H%*4H%*4H%*4H%*4H%*4H/_]D_ ` end GRAPHIC 5 img4.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 img4.gif M1TE&.#EA,P$Y`'<`,2'^&E-O9G1W87)E.B!-:6-R;W-O9G0@3V9F:6-E`"'Y M!`$`````+``````R`3D`A8&!@0``````,P`S```S,S,``#,`,S,S`#,S,S,S M9C-F,S-F9F8S,V8S9F9F,V9F9F9FF6:99F:9F9EF9IEFF9F99IF9F9F9S)G, MF9G,S,R9F$PNF\_HM'K-;KO?\+A\3J_;[_B\?L_O^_^`@8*# MA(6&AXB)B2`=&1<>(8J2DX09$P@%`9D!G)T!!!:4HJ-T%0D!`YVI`@4(!PBP M"`*H`2"D@(VW:A(C2AH$G@4"#!(:MD@=!@$,NGP6FP&A@<=4%`B16A.:`=A& M")T%#QU0"P$+S7D=P)S`!.A%LPA+G.-+!ZN?2*P"W4(:&4L><-+PS@Z#3@U( M:#-04(C``!N42*"W9!,!"IKJ%?E&D`@'3DK*#7"@)L,!`O+H=)!&Y@"GE`\E M-"2!ZL`\34G4?0J0@`2(_P`".!SI$$`F$0B<1!P1,2O`!#7K."6,4FRC.R<@ M(A8!H0RDF`Z;C&+,-%-;`99'-G!"NY%3*R':`B0!T8O(MY1%'C3MB`88JV]& MGWP+.N0A0"$@$%"SR^D!D0Q`:3D&8R'RX1"79$34/4181R@WVB41-C"?',-LRLL0!L0E#4A#JRS=*!69P` ME_]$;68-T940WWC(A029"*@!)X<5=%T`+1YQ4&Y(K`8..]DY\8T"#P"3BHE) M/`!+<5I<`-1RIPB84SLC_`0*)TAQ$Q)0(0#FX"P8D`#9`%]4)H"2)/PSTPB= M*8&9.4KH]0D"$G3P@10@0/-2$[AQ$B$61"$7I1,Z777=)@]J`"ID9` M$7G$EF`^@5DF!A#```(&L))H$9F<)<2+MDR:8A0SRB3_7&IFOB;`$)5I\JZ[ M2F`4@`?G"D&A,LLU%<`%6-@;*A+B=8*K$K8T1H%?SXEIQ(9+:"``7V]-L=L0 M(F1`00*9.!:7MT>R(LTW!2P()Y5'3.`7$2YQ1P)1LX12,`$G$9%L$A]$Y@ZG MU1H!VA";O/L3894&``M^_H"TB2WXN*RET9K2AJ;4+W7BX">Q'M6)O^X(%T`$ M11R74CG@Y7E59`B!#OHTM8VHU:G#Q%`5_Q4"<;E.4Z8*03E%GIY\TH`$AT\@@?$4=)#C M0]--40[828S@57KL3.;C`QZ@@M;<@P]1\``("$2S$^5,S%@`-MWG-.(TLH"0QNE`=)KQF.E&,")!O#*A%#DMHS:U`QT2 MMR&/KIS-48L+7@$N$+K2I>$!`XN"3I30@99E)AI%J,Q\_%,/-2F@@2FY0-#( M,S=4,?]!/^PB`0-F<8Q1H>5G"`2*!QVTCM0TD!8`XZ%?S.,$3E0`&<)HS$2N MZ+KFR&QKM'@73;C'CL@4#$@\=&"\W":@$&#@`:@,A'!:!8L&+$!53D3`@XK3 M`0I8@%^P0P`-C8B:W#6F46[)(!-L=*E%/9.`%<,5E8>T(ES@,!D1+&`!#QBS%0(I`$`RT(#: M0"-2?W@(/CH5E19Y;1WATUD%_+.,PG2*1[,P5P;V2*#0C&\)&,@'6``H%_U] M8E2.Z4""+)!`5=PK!,=1$#!:!`(A=>\(&D@%!'Q2@6\,$!7_(YC(`(H#C)XD MP0+M.&1[^K63:#@I:TW03]OF5H`%3"!M>SA.JSH``A%TH#PL,D*/#)`:8)A( M`[%R97'$0Z'^',X(X6H"Y*`X4;?(XT&>F`PP8^=$-`GG$N@$R@;;$CPLD@"* M`9#API0`N7>QHZ@:(=E5KB`[MQB->(=X:E3DED(G1@02?A"4O.Y`GZD MA#@UH2V@RN%%840""":PTB9\-0H;2,#P7'L%I";A%-*)UURS<`J0<6DF>,@3 M>+"[*6?11+-=T&E11E5,[L[A6^:-U$)8^?6%/Q4TFN(UW:S<*U+=?7`*QS M)\SA.=CO+U\0C@Q)$.`.FS@/F:W@%NYAK%%MYL0PI@-ZO:`)$T%NOS'.,1HL ML.`MZ&=!)=:QD&_!7E$9<T)#L9$=N9#B"?3.5!V&U!J)ANE;>\ M!Q"2"#E<#K,?[B*$,R52S&C6@_UDN<,TNQD/<5G%F^>]\SG +/OOYSX!^0A```#L_ ` end GRAPHIC 6 img5.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 img5.gif M1TE&.#EA,P$Y`'<`,2'^&E-O9G1W87)E.B!-:6-R;W-O9G0@3V9F:6-E`"'Y M!`$`````+``````R`3D`A8&!@0``````,P`S```S,S,``#,`,S,S`#,S,S,S M9C-F,S-F9F8S,V8S9F9F,V9F9F9FF6:99F:9F9EF9IEFF9F99IF9F9F9S)G, MF9G,S,R9F$PNF\_HM'K-;KO?\+A\3J_;[_B\?L_O^_^`@8*# MA(6&AXB)B2`=&1<>(8J2DX09$P@%`9D!G)T!!!:4HJ-T%0D!`YVI`@4(!PBP M"`*H`2"D@(VW:A(C2AH$G@4"#!(:MD@=!@$,NGP6FP&A@<=4%`B16A.:`=A& M")T%#QU0"P$+S7D=P)S`!.A%LPA+G.-+!ZN?2*P"W4(:&4L><-+PS@Z#3@U( M:#-04(C``!N42*"W9!,!"IKJ%?E&D`@'3DK*#7"@)L,!`O+H=)!&Y@"GE`\E M-"2!ZL`\34G4?0J0@`2(_P`".!SI$$`F$0B<1!P1,2O`!#7K."6,4FRC.R<@ M(A8!H0RDF`Z;C&+,-%-;`99'-G!"NY%3*R':`B0!T8O(MY1%'C3MB`88JV]& MGWP+.N0A0"$@$%"SR^D!D0Q`:3D&8R'RX1"79$34/4181R@WVB41-C"?',-LRLL0!L0E#4A#JRS=*!69P` ME_]$;68-T940WWC(A029"*@!)X<5=%T`+1YQ4&Y(K`8..]DY\8T"#P"3BHE) M/`!+<5I<`-1RIPB84SLC_`0*)TAQ$Q)0(0#FX"P8D`#9`%]4)H"2)/PSTPB= M*8&9.4KH]0D"$G3P@10@0/-2$[AQ$B$61"$7I1,Z777=)@]J`"ID9` M$7G$EF`^@5DF!A#```(&L))H$9F<)<2+MDR:8A0SRB3_7&IFOB;`$)5I\JZ[ M2F`4@`?G"D&A,LLU%<`%6-@;*A+B=8*K$K8T1H%?SXEIQ(9+:"``7V]-L=L0 M(F1`00*9.!:7MT>R(LTW!2P()Y5'3.`7$2YQ1P)1LX12,`$G$9%L$A]$Y@ZG MU1H!VA";O/L3894&``M^_H"TB2WXN*RET9K2AJ;4+W7BX">Q'M6)O^X(%T`$ M11R74CG@Y7E59`B!#OHTM8VHU:G#Q%`5_Q4"<;E.4Z8*03E%GIY\TH`$AT\@@?$4=)#C M0]--40[828S@57KL3.;C`QZ@@M;<@P]1\``("$2S$^5,S%@`-MWG-.(TLH"0QNE`=)KQF.E&,")!O#*A%#DMHS:U`QT2 MMR&/KIS-48L+7@$N$+K2I>$!`XN"3I30@99E)AI%J,Q\_%,/-2F@@2FY0-#( M,S=4,?]!/^PB`0-F<8Q1H>5G"`2*!QVTCM0TD!8`XZ%?S.,$3E0`&<)HS$2N MZ+KFR&QKM'@73;C'CL@4#$@\=&"\W":@$&#@`:@,A'!:!8L&+$!53D3`@XK3 M`0I8@%^P0P`-C8B:W#6F46[)(!-L=*E%/9.`%<,5E8>T(ES@,!D1+&`!#QBS%0(I`$`RT(#: M0"-2?W@(/CH5E19Y;1WATUD%_+.,PG2*1[,P5P;V2*#0C&\)&,@'6``H%_U] M8E2.Z4""+)!`5=PK!,=1$#!:!`(A=>\(&D@%!'Q2@6\,$!7_(YC(`(H#C)XD MP0+M.&1[^K63:#@I:TW03]OF5H`%3"!M>SA.JSH``A%TH#PL,D*/#)`:8)A( M`[%R97'$0Z'^',X(X6H"Y*`X4;?(XT&>F`PP8^=$-`GG$N@$R@;;$CPLD@"* M`9#API0`N7>QHZ@:(=E5KB`[MQB->(=X:E3DED(G1@02?A"4O.Y`GZD MA#@UH2V@RN%%840""":PTB9\-0H;2,#P7'L%I";A%-*)UURS<`J0<6DF>,@3 M>+"[*6?11+-=T&E11E5,[L[A6^:-U$)8^?6%/Q4TFN(UW:S<*U+=?7`*QS M)\SA.=CO+U\0C@Q)$.`.FS@/F:W@%NYAK%%MYL0PI@-ZO:`)$T%NOS'.,1HL ML.`MZ&=!)=:QD&_!7E$9<T)#L9$=N9#B"?3.5!V&U!J)ANE;>\ M!Q"2"#E<#K,?[B*$,R52S&C6@_UDN<,TNQD/<5G%F^>]\SG +/OOYSX!^0A```#L_ ` end EX-3.(II) 7 ex-3.htm EXHIBIT 3

 

 

IBT BANCORP, INC.

BY-LAWS

01-15-08

 


 

 

INDEX TO

BYLAWS OF

IBT BANCORP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

MEETINGS OF SHARHOLDERS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section 101

 

Place of Meetings

 

 

Section 102

 

Annual Meetings

 

 

Section 103

 

Special Meetings

 

 

Section 104

 

Conduct of Shareholders’ Meetings

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

DIRECTORS AND BOARD MEETINGS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section 201

 

Management by Board of Directors

 

 

Section 202

 

Nomination of Directors

 

 

Section 203

 

Directors Must be Shareholders

 

 

Section 204

 

Eligibility and Mandatory Retirement

 

 

Section 205

 

Number of Directors and Vacancies

 

 

Section 206

 

Compensation of Directors

 

 

Section 207

 

Regular Meetings

 

 

Section 208

 

Special Meetings

 

 

Section 209

 

Reports and Records

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

COMMITTEES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section 301

 

Committees

 

 

Section 302

 

Executive Committee

 

 

Section 303

 

Appointment of Committee Members

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section 401

 

Officers

 

 

Section 402

 

Chairman of the Board

 

 

Section 402.1

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Section 403

 

President

 

 

Section 404

 

Vice Presidents

 

 

Section 405

 

Secretary

 

 

Section 406

 

Treasurer

 

 

Section 407

 

Assistant Officers

 

 

Section 408

 

Compensation

 

 

Section 409

 

General Powers

 

 

Section 410

 

Mandatory Retirement

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTIVLE V

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section 501

 

Mandatory Indemnification Optional

 

 

Section 502

 

Indemnification

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section 601

 

Authority to Sign Share Certificates

 

 

Section 602

 

Lost or Destroyed Certificates

 

 

Section 603

 

Uncertificated Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

GENERAL

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section 701

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

Section 702

 

Record Date

 

 

Section 703

 

Absentee Participation in Meetings

 

 

Section 704

 

Emergency Bylaws

 

 

Section 705

 

Severability

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

AMENDMENT OR REPEAL

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section 801

 

Amendment or Repeal by the Board of Directors

 

 

Section 802

 

Recording Amendments and Repeals

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

APPROVAL OF AMENDED BYLAWS AND RECORD OF

 

 

 

 

AMENDMENTS AND REPEALS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section 901

 

Approval and Effective Date

 

 

Section 902

 

Amendments or Repeals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


BYLAWS

 

OF

 

IBT BANCORP, INC.

 

These Bylaws are supplemental to the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law and other applicable provisions of law, as the same shall from time to time be in effect.

 

ARTICLE I. MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS.

 

Section 101. (Place of Meetings) All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at such place or places, within or without the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors from time to time.

 

Section 102. (Annual Meetings) The annual meeting of the shareholders for the election of Directors and the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held on the third Tuesday of April in each year. Any business which is a proper subject for shareholder action may be transacted at the annual meeting.

 

Section 103. (Special Meetings) Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the President, or by the shareholders entitled to cast at least one-third of the vote which all shareholders are entitled to cast at the particular meeting.

 

Section 104. (Conduct of Shareholders’ Meetings) The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all shareholders’ meetings. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside or, in his/her absence, any Officer designated by the Board of Directors. The Officer presiding over the shareholders’ meeting may establish such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting as he/she may deem to be reasonably necessary or desirable for the orderly and expeditious conduct of the meeting. Unless the Officer presiding over the shareholders’ meeting otherwise requires, shareholders need not vote by ballot on any question.

 

ARTICLE II. DIRECTORS AND BOARD MEETINGS.

 

Section 201. (Management by Board of Directors) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute, regulation, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the shareholders.

 

Section 202. (Nomination for Directors) Nominations for directors to be elected at an annual meeting of shareholders, except those made by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, must be submitted to the Secretary of the Corporation in writing not later than the close of business

 

1

 


on the sixtieth (60th) day immediately preceding the date of the meeting. Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:

 

(a) name and address of each proposed nominee

 

(b) the principal occupation of each proposed nominee

 

(c) the total number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that will be voted for each proposed nominee

 

(d) the name and residence address of the notifying shareholder

 

(e) the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation owned by the notifying shareholder. Nominations not made in accordance herewith may, in his/her discretion, be disregarded by the Presiding Officer of the meeting, and upon his/her instruction, the vote tellers may disregard all votes cast for each such nominee. In the event the same person is nominated by more than one shareholder, the nomination shall be honored, and all shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be counted if at least one nomination for that person complies herewith.

 

Section 203. (Directors Must be Shareholders)Every Director must be a shareholder of the Corporation and shall beneficially own at least five hundred (500) shares of the Corporation’s common stock at the time he/she becomes a director. If a Director does not have beneficial ownership of at least 5,000 shares of common stock at the time he/she is elected, all fees to be paid to the person for serving on the Board of Directors will be used to purchase additional shares of common stock for the the Director until he/she obtains beneficial ownership of at least 5,000 shares of common stock. All persons must continue to beneficially own at least 5,000 shares of common stock while serving on the the Board of Directors. If any Director does not continue to beneficially own at least 5,000 shares of common stock, his/her ownership shall be reported by the Secretary, or other officer, to the Board of Directors. If the Director does not acquire common stock to restore his/her beneficial ownership to at least 5,000 shares of common stock within sixty (60) days of notice, he/she shall be removed from the Board of Directors. “Beneficial” ownership shall be interpreted as defined under the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Section 204. (Eligibility and Mandatory Retirement)Noperson shall be eligible to be newly elected or appointed as a Director as he/she shall have attained the age of seventy five (75) years on or prior to the date of his/her election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the mandatory retirement provisions of this section shall not apply retroactively to those Directors elected as Interim Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (with the exception of William D. Fawcett, Sr. and J. Curt Gardner), nor thereafter, should they desire to stand for re-election thereafter. Any Director of this Corporation, with the exception of the Interim Directors as specified above, who attains the age of seventy five (75) years shall cease to be a Director (without any action on his/her part) at the close of business on the day prior to the date of the next shareholders’ meeting at which directors are to be elected regardless of whether or not his/her term as a Director would otherwise expire at such shareholders’ meeting. The Board of Directors may

 

2

 


designate one or more persons who have retired from the Board as honorary members of the Board. Such honorary members may attend meetings of the Board but shall have no authority to vote or receive compensation.

 

Section 205. (Vacancies)Vacancies in the Board of Directors, including vacancies resulting from an increase in the number of Directors, may be filled by the remaining members of the Board even though less than a quorum. Any Director elected to fill a vacancy in the Board of Directors shall become a member of the same Class of Directors in which the vacancy existed; but if the vacancy is due to an increase in the number of Directors a majority of the members of the Board of Directors shall designate such directorship as belonging to Class 1, Class 2 or Class 3 so as to maintain the three (3) classes of Directors as nearly equal in number as possible. Each Director so elected shall be a Director until his/her successor is elected by the shareholders, who may make such election at the next annual meeting of the shareholders or at any special meeting duly called for that purpose and held prior thereto.

 

Section 206. (Compensation of Directors) No Director shall be entitled to any salary as such; but the Board of Directors may fix, from time to time, a reasonable annual fee for acting as a Director and a reasonable fee to be paid each Director his/her services in attending meetings of the Board and meetings of committees appointed by the Board. The Corporation may reimburse Directors for expenses related to their duties as a member of the Board.

 

Section 207. (Regular Meetings) Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held on such day, at such hour, and at such place, consistent with applicable law, as the Board shall from time to time designate or as may be designated in any notice from the Secretary calling the meeting. The Board of Directors shall meet for reorganization at the first regular meeting following the annual meeting of shareholders at which the Directors are elected. Notice need not be given of regular meeting is not to be held at the time and place designated by the Board of Directors, notice of such meeting, which need not specify the business to be transacted thereat and which may be either verbal or in writing, shall be given by the Secretary to each member of the Board at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time of the meeting.

 

A majority of the members of the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If at the time fixed for the meeting, including the meeting to organize the new Board following the annual meeting of shareholders, a quorum is not present, the directors in attendance may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, a majority of those directors present and voting at any meeting of the Board of Directors, shall decide each matter considered. A director cannot vote by proxy, or otherwise act by proxy at a meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 208. (Special Meetings) Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President or at the request of five or more members of the Board of Directors. A special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be deemed to be any meeting other than the regular meeting of the Board of Directors. Notice of the time and place of every special meeting, which need not specify the business to be transacted thereat and which may be either verbal or in writing, shall be

 

3

 


given by the Secretary to each member of the Board at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time of such meeting excepting the Organization Meeting following the election of Directors.

 

Section 209. (Reports and Records) The reports of Officers and Committees and the records of the proceedings of all Committees shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation and presented to the Board of Directors, if practicable, at its next regular meeting. The Board of Directors shall keep complete records of its proceedings in a minute book kept for that purpose. When a Director shall request it, the vote of each Director upon a particular question shall be recorded in the minutes.

 

ARTICLE III. COMMITTEES.

 

Section 301. (Committees) The following Committee of the Board of Directors shall be established by the Board of Directors in addition to any other Committee the Board of Directors may in its discretion establish.

 

Section 302. (Executive Committee) The Executive Committee shall consist of the Chairman of the Board, the President and at least four (4) other Directors. A majority of the members of the Executive Committee shall constitute a quorum, and actions of a majority of those present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be actions of the Committee. Meetings of the Committee may be called at any time by the Chairman or Secretary of the Committee, and shall be called whenever two (2) or more members of the Committee so request in writing. The Executive Committee shall have and exercise the authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business of the Corporation between the dates of regular meetings of the Board.

 

Section 303. (Appointment of Committee Members) The Board of Directors shall elect the members of the Committees and the Chairman and Vice Chairman of each such Committee to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders. The President shall appoint or shall establish a method of appointing, subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, the members of any other Committees established by the Board of Directors, and the Chairman and Vice Chairman of such Committee, to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders. The Board of Directors may appoint, from time to time, other committees, for such purposes and with such powers as the Board may determine.

 

ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS.

 

Section 401. (Officers) The Officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a President, one (1) or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and such other Officers and Assistant Officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem advisable. Except for the President, Secretary, and Treasurer, the Board may refrain from filling any of the said offices at any time and from time to time. The same individual may hold any two (2) or more offices except both the offices of President and Secretary. The Officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors at the time, in the manner and for such terms as the Board of Directors from time to time shall determine. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, and regardless of the

 

4

 


term for which such Officer was elected, but without prejudice to any contract right of such Officer. Each Officer shall hold his office for the current year for which he was elected or appointed by the Board unless he shall resign, becomes disqualified, or be removed at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 402. (Chairman of the Board) The Board of Directors shall elect a Chairman of the Board at the first regular meeting of the Board following each annual meeting of shareholders at which Directors are elected. The Chairman of the Board shall be a member of the Board of Directors and shall preside at the meetings of the Board and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 402.1 (Chief Executive Officer) The Board of Directors will designate a Chief Executive Officer (CEO) at the first regular meeting of the Board following each annual meeting of shareholders. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general supervision of all business of the corporation and shall prescribe the duties of the other Officers and Employees and see to the proper performance thereof. The Chief Executive Officer may be either the Chairman of the Board or President, but must be a full time employee of IBT Bancorp, Inc. or Irwin Bank & Trust Company.

 

Section 403. (President) The President shall have general supervision of all of the departments and business of the Corporation and shall prescribe the duties of the other Officers and Employees and see to the proper performance thereof. The President shall be responsible for having all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors carried into effect. The President shall execute on behalf of the Corporation and may affix or cause to be affixed a seal to all authorized documents and instruments requiring such execution, except to the extent that signing and execution thereof shall have been delegated to some other Officer or Agent of the Corporation by the Board of Directors or by the President. The President shall be a member of the Board of Directors. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board or his/her refusal to act, the President shall preside at meetings of the Board. In general, the President shall perform all the duties and exercise all the powers and authorities incident to such office or as prescribed by the Board of Directors

 

Section 404. (Vice Presidents) The Vice Presidents shall perform such duties, do such acts and be subject to such supervision as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the President. In the event of the absence or disability of the President or his/her refusal to act, the Vice Presidents, in the order of their rank, and within the same rank in the order of their authority, shall perform the duties and have the powers and authorities of the President, except to the extent inconsistent with applicable law.

 

Section 405. (Secretary) The Secretary shall act under the supervision of the President or such other Officers as the President may designate. Unless a designation to the contrary is made at a meeting, the Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the shareholders and record all of the proceedings of such meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing Committees when required by these Bylaws or otherwise. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall keep a seal of the Corporation,

 

5

 


and, when authorized by the Board of Directors or the President, cause it to be affixed to any documents and instruments requiring it. The Secretary shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, President, or such other Supervising Officer as the President may designate.

 

Section 406. (Treasurer) The Treasurer shall act under the supervision of the President or such other Officer as the President may designate. The Treasurer shall have custody of the Corporation’s funds and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, President or such other Supervising Officer as the President may designate.

 

Section 407. (Assistant Officers) Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, each Assistant Officer shall perform such duties as shall be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Officer to whom he/she is an Assistant. In the event of the absence or disability of an Officer or his/her refusal to act, his/her Assistant Officer shall, in the order of their rank, and within the same rank in the order of their seniority, have the powers and authorities of such Officer.

 

Section 408. (Compensation) The President’s Compensation shall be set by the Board of Directors. The Compensation of all Officers shall be set by the Personnel Committee of the Board of Directors and all other salaries shall be set by the President.

 

Section 409. (General Powers) The Officers are authorized to do and perform such corporate acts as are necessary in the carrying on of the business of the Corporation, subject always to the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE V. INDEMNIFICATION.

 

Section 501. (Mandatory Indemnification)The Corporation shall, to the full extent permitted by the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law, as amended from time to time, indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he/she is or was a Director, Officer or Employee of the Corporation or of any of its subsidiaries.

 

Section 502. (Optional Indemnification) In all situations in which indemnification is not mandatory under Section 501 hereof, the Corporation may, to the full extent permitted by the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law, as amended from time to time, indemnify all persons whom it is empowered to indemnify pursuant thereto.

 

 

6

 


ARTICLE VI. SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK.

 

Section 601. (Authority to Sign Share Certificates) Every share certificate of the Corporation shall be signed by the President and by the Secretary or one of the Assistant Secretaries. Certificates may be signed by a facsimile signature of the President and the Secretary or one of the Assistant Secretaries of the Corporation.

 

Section 602. (Lost or Destroyed Certificates) Any person claiming a share certificate to be lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken shall receive a replacement certificate if such person shall have: (a) requested such replacement certificate before the Corporation has notice that the shares have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser; (b) provided the Corporation with an indemnity agreement satisfactory in form and substance to the Board of Directors, or the President or the Secretary; and (c) satisfied any other reasonable requirements (including providing an affidavit and a surety bond) fixed by the Board of Directors, or the President or the Secretary.

Section 603. (Uncertificated Shares) The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of uncertificated shares by the Company, and may prescribe procedures for the issuance and registration of transfer thereof, and with respect such other matters relating to uncertificated shares as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate. No such authorization shall affect previously issued and outstanding shares represented by certificates until such certificates shall have been surrendered to the Company. Withing a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of any uncertificated shares, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued to the holder of such shares a written statement of the information required to be included on stock certificates under Pennsylvania law. Notwithstanding the adoption of any resolution providing for uncertificated shares, each registered holder of stock represented by uncertificated shares shall be entitled, upon request to the custodian of the stock transfer books of the Company, or other person designated as the custodian of the records of uncertificated shares, to have physical certificates representing such shares registered in such holders name

 

ARTICLE VII. GENERAL.

 

Section 701. (Fiscal Year) The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first (1st) day of January in each year and end on the thirty-first (31st) day of December in each year.

 

Section 702. (Record Date) The Board of Directors may fix any time whatsoever (but not more than ninety (90) days) prior to the date of any meeting of shareholders, or the date for the payment of any dividend or distribution, or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of shares will be made or will go into effect, as a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any such meetings, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend or distribution, or to receive any such allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights in respect to any such change, conversion or exchange of shares.

 

7

 


Section 703. (Absentee Participation in Meetings) One (1) or more Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or of a Committee of the Board, by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment, by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

 

Section 704. (Emergency Bylaws) In the event of any emergency resulting from a nuclear attack or similar disaster, and during the continuance of such emergency, the following Bylaw provisions shall be in effect, notwithstanding any other provisions of the Bylaws:

 

(a) A meeting of the Board of Directors or of any Committee thereof may be called by any Officer or Director upon one (1) hour’s notice to all persons entitled to notice whom, in the sole judgment of the notifier, it is feasible to notify;”

 

(b) The Director or Directors in attendance at the meeting of the Board of Directors or of any Committee thereof shall constitute a quorum; and

 

(c) These Bylaws may be amended or repealed, in whole or in part, by a majority vote of the Directors attending any meeting of the Board of Directors, provided such amendment or repeal shall only be effective for the duration of such emergency.

 

Section 705. (Severability) If any provision of these Bylaws is illegal or unenforceable as such, such illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of these Bylaws and such other provisions shall continue in full force and effect.

 

ARTICLE VIII. AMENDMENT OR REPEAL.

 

Section 801. (Amendment or Repeal by the Board of Directors) These Bylaws may be amended or repealed, in whole or in part, by a majority vote of members of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board duly convened. Notice need not be given of the purpose of the meeting of the Board of Directors at which the amendment or repeal is to be considered.

 

Section 802. (Recording Amendments and Repeals) The text of all amendments and repeals to these Bylaws shall be attached to the Bylaws with a notation of the date and vote of such amendment or repeal.

 

 

8

 


ARTICLE IX. APPROVAL OF AMENDED BYLAWS

AND RECORD OF AMENDMENTS AND REPEALS

 

Section 901. Approval and Effective Date.These Bylaws have been approved as the Bylaws of the Corporation this 18th day of February, 2003, and shall be effected as of said date.

 

 

 

/s/ Charles G. Urtin

 

Charles G. Urtin, Secretary

 

 

Section 902.(Amendments or Repeals)

 

 

 

Date Amended

 

 

Section Involved

 

or Repealed

 

Approved By

 

 

 

 

 

Section 203

 

June 19, 2007

 

Board of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

Section 603

 

October 16, 2007

 

Board of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

Section 702

 

January 15, 2008

 

Board of Directors

 

 

 

9

 

 

EX-10 8 ex10.htm EXHIBIT 10

CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

As Amended and Restated

 

THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) entered into this 17th day of December 2007 (“Effective Date”), by and between Irwin Bank, Irwin, Pennsylvania (the “Bank”), including its parent holding company, IBT Bancorp, Inc. (the “Parent”) and Charles G. Urtin (the “Employee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Employee is currently employed by the Bank as President and Chief Executive Officer and by the Parent as President and Chief Executive Officer and is experienced in all phases of the business of the Bank; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth the continuing rights and responsibilities of the Bank and Employee if the Bank should undergo a change in control (as defined hereinafter in the Agreement) after the Effective Date.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, it is AGREED as follows:

 

1.          Employment. The Employee is employed in the capacity as the President of the Bank and of the Parent. The Employee shall render such administrative and management services to the Bank and Parent as are currently rendered and as are customarily performed by persons situated in a similar executive capacity. The Employee’s other duties shall be such as the Board of Directors for the Bank and Parent (the “Board of Directors” or “Board”) may from time to time reasonably direct, including normal duties as an officer of the Bank and Parent.

 

2.          Term of Agreement. The term of this Agreement shall be for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending three years thereafter (“Term”). Additionally, on, or before, each annual anniversary date from the Effective Date, the Term of this Agreement may be extended for up to an additional one year period beyond the then effective expiration date upon a determination and resolution of the Board of Directors that the performance of the Employee has met the requirements and standards of the Board, and that the Term of such Agreement shall be extended.

 

 

3.

Termination of Employment in Connection with or Subsequent to a Change in Control.

 

(a)       Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, in the event of the termination of Employee’s employment during the Term of this Agreement, absent Just Cause, in connection with, or within twenty-four (24) months after any Change in Control of the Bank or Parent, Employee shall be paid an amount equal to the product of 2.99 times the Employee’s “base amount” as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and regulations promulgated thereunder. Said sum shall be paid in one (1) lump sum as of or immediately prior to such date of termination of employment, and such payments shall be in lieu of any other severance payments which the Employee would be otherwise entitled to receive from the Bank or Parent. Notwithstanding the forgoing, all sums payable hereunder shall be reduced in such manner and to such extent so that no such payments

 

1

 


made hereunder when aggregated with all other payments to be made to the Employee by the Bank or the Parent shall be deemed an “excess parachute payment” in accordance with Section 280G of the Code and would subject the Employee to the excise tax provided at Section 4999(a) of the Code. The term “control” shall refer to the ownership, holding or power to vote more than 25% of the Bank’s or Parent(s outstanding voting stock by any person, the control of the election of a majority of the Bank’s or Parent(s directors, or the exercise of a controlling influence over the management or policies of the Bank or Parent by any person or by persons acting as a group within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”). The term “person” means an individual other than the Employee, or a corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein, other than the Employer or Parent. The provisions of this Section 3(a) shall survive the expiration of this Agreement occurring after a Change in Control.

 

(b)       Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, except as provided at Sections 4(b), 4(c), 4(d) and 5, Employee may voluntary terminate his employment during the Term of this Agreement following a Change in Control of the Bank or Parent, and Employee (or his estate in the event of death after a Change in Control but prior to payment) shall thereupon be entitled to receive the payment described in Section 3(a) of this Agreement, upon the occurrence, or within ninety (90) days thereafter, of any of the following events, which have not been consented to in advance by the Employee in writing: (i) if Employee would be required to move his personal residence or perform his principal executive functions more than thirty-five (35) miles from the Employee’s primary office as of the signing of this Agreement; (ii) if in the organizational structure of the Bank, Employee would be required to report to a person or persons other than the Board of Directors of the Bank; (iii) if the Bank should fail to maintain the Employee’s base compensation as in effect as of the date of the Change in Control and existing employee benefits plans, including material fringe benefit, and retirement plans, except to the extent that such reduction in benefit programs is part of an overall adjustment in benefits for all employees of the Bank and does not disproportionately adversely impact the Employee; (iv) if Employee would be assigned duties and responsibilities other than those normally associated with his position as referenced at Section 1, herein; (v) if Employee would not be elected or reelected to the Board of Directors of the Bank or Parent or (vi) if Employee’s responsibilities or authority have in any way been materially diminished or reduced.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of the Employee’s Termination of Employment under this Section 3(b), the Bank will have a period of 30 calendar days following notice from the Employee during which period the Bank may remedy the condition, and thereby not be required to pay the amount due to the Employee under Section 3(a) and such Termination of Employment shall not be deemed effective.

 

The provisions of this Section 3(b) shall survive the expiration of this Agreement occurring after a Change in Control.

 

 

2

 


 

4.

Other Changes in Employment Status.

 

(a)       Except as provided for at Section 3, herein, the Board of Directors may terminate the Employee’s employment at any time with or without Just Cause within its sole discretion. This Agreement shall not be deemed to give the Employee any right to be retained in the employment or service of the Bank or to interfere with the right of the Bank to terminate the employment of the Employee at any time. Except as detailed at Section 3, herein, the Employee shall have no right under this Agreement to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Termination of Employment with or without Just Cause. Termination for “Just Cause” shall include termination because of the Employee’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of the Agreement.

 

(b)       If the Employee is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Sections 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”) (12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1)), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate, as of the effective date of the order, but the vested rights of the parties shall not be affected.

 

(c)       If the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of FDIA) all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

 

(d)       Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any payments made to the Employee pursuant to the Agreement, or otherwise, shall be subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 USC ‘1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

5.          Suspension of Employment. If the Employee is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(3) and (g)(1)), the Bank’s obligations under the Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may within its discretion (i) pay the Employee all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate any of its obligations which were suspended.

 

 

6.

Successors and Assigns.

 

(a)       This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any corporate or other successor of the Bank which shall acquire, directly or indirectly, by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, all or substantially all of the assets or stock of the Bank.

 

(b)       The Employee shall be precluded from assigning or delegating his rights or duties hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of the Bank.

 

3

 


 

7.          Amendments. No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto unless made in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise specifically provided.

 

8.          Applicable Law. This agreement shall be governed by all respects whether as to validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise, by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, except to the extent that Federal law shall be deemed to apply.

 

9.          Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

 

10.        Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in accordance with the rules then in effect of the district office of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) or other mutually agreeable alternative dispute resolution entity nearest to the home office of the Bank and judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, except to the extent that the parties may otherwise reach a mutual settlement of such issue. The Bank shall reimburse Employee for all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from such dispute, proceedings or actions, following the delivery of the decision of the arbitrator finding in favor of the Employee. Further, the settlement of the dispute to be approved by the Board of the Bank or the Parent may include a provision for the reimbursement by the Bank to the Employee for all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from such dispute, proceedings or actions, or the Board of the Bank or the Parent may authorize such reimbursement of such reasonable costs and expenses by separate action upon a written action and determination of the Board following settlement of the dispute. The provisions of this Section 10 shall survive the expiration of this Agreement.

 

11.        Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with any understanding or modifications thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties, shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto and shall supercede all prior agreements with respect to the matters set forth herein. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the provisions of the Medical Insurance Continuation Agreement between the Employee and the Bank, dated February 21, 2006, shall remain in full force and effect without regard to this Agreement.

 

 

12.

Compliance With Section 409A.

 

(a)       Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if it is determined by the Bank or the Parent in good faith that such Employee shall be a (specified employee( in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder, and if the payment under Section 3(a) does not qualify as a short-term deferral under Code Section 409A and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(4) (or any similar or successor provisions), and that such payments to be made to such Employee are subject to such limitations at Section 409A of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder, any payments to be made in accordance with this Agreement shall not be made prior to the date that is 184 calendar days from the date of the

 

4

 


Employee(s Termination of Employment, or such later date as may be necessary, so that such payments, when made, will not result in the requirement for the Employee to pay additional interest and taxes to be imposed in accordance with Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code. The provisions of this Section 12 shall survive the expiration of this Agreement.

 

(b)       “Termination of Employment” shall have the same meaning as “separation from service”, as that phrase is defined in Code Section 409A (taking into account all rules and presumptions provided for in the Code Section 409A regulations).

 

 

(c)

Notwithstanding the six-month delay rule set forth in Section 12(a) above:

 

(i)        To the maximum extent permitted under Code Section 409A and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) (or any similar or successor provisions), the Bank will pay the Employee an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17) for the year in which the Employee’s Termination of Employment occurs, and (2) the sum of the Employee’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay for services provided to the Bank for the taxable year of the Employee preceding the taxable year of the Employee in which his Termination of Employment occurs (adjusted for any increase during that year that was expected to continue indefinitely if the Employee had not had a Termination of Employment); provided that amounts paid under this Section 12(c) must be paid no later than the last day of the second taxable year of the Employee following the taxable year of the Employee in which occurs the Termination of Employment and such amounts paid will count toward, and will not be in addition to, the total payment amount required to be made to the Employee by the Bank under Section 3(a); and

 

(ii)       To the maximum extent permitted under Code Section 409A and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(9)(v)(D) (or any similar or successor provisions), within ten (10) days of the Termination of Employment, the Bank will pay the Employee an amount equal to the applicable dollar amount under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B) for the year of the Employee’s Termination of Employment; provided that the amount paid under this Section12(c) will count toward, and will not be in addition to, the total payment amount required to be made to the Employee by the Bank under Section 3(a).

 

(d)       Upon a termination of the Agreement, the Employee may receive a lump sum payment immediately paid to the Employee (without regard to any actual Termination of Employment), provided, however, any such distributions to be made in accordance with this Section 12(d) shall comply with the requirements and limitation under Section 409A of the Code, including that such lump-sum distribution shall only be made: (1) within thirty (30) days before, or twelve (12) months after a change in the ownership or effective control of the Bank or Parent, or change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank or Parent as described in Section 409A(a) (2)(A)(v) of the Code and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5) (or any

 

5

 


similar or successor provisions), provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Agreement and further provided that all of the Bank’s arrangements which are substantially similar to the Agreement are terminated so the Employee and all participants under similar arrangements shall receive all amounts of deferred compensation under such terminated agreements within twelve (12) months of the termination of the arrangements; (2) Upon the Bank’s dissolution or with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under the Agreement are included in the Employee’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or (3) Upon the Bank’s termination of this and all other separation pay plans (as referenced in Section 409A of the Code or the regulations thereunder), provided that all distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and the Bank does not adopt any new separation pay plans for a minimum of three (3) years following the date of such termination.

 

 

6

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date first hereinabove written.

 

ATTEST:

 

IBT BANCORP, INC.

 

 

IRWIN BANK

/s/ Margaret P. O’Neal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Rebich, Jr.

 

 

 

Robert Rebich, Jr.
Chairman of the Board

 

 

 

 

WITNESS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Margaret P. O’Neal

 

 

/s/ Charles G. Urtin

 

 

 

Charles G. Urtin
Employee

 

 

 

 

EX-10 9 ex10-8.htm EXHIBIT 10.8

CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

As Amended and Restated

 

THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) entered into this 17th day of December 2007 (“Effective Date”), by and between Irwin Bank, Irwin, Pennsylvania (the “Bank”), and Raymond G. Suchta (the “Employee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Employee is currently employed by the Bank as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and is experienced in all phases of the business of the Bank; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth the continuing rights and responsibilities of the Bank and Employee if the Bank should undergo a change in control (as defined hereinafter in the Agreement) after the Effective Date.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, it is AGREED as follows:

 

1.          Employment. The Employee is employed in the capacity as the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. The Employee shall render such administrative and management services to the Bank and IBT Bancorp, Inc. (the “Parent”) as are currently rendered and as are customarily performed by persons situated in a similar executive capacity. The Employee’s other duties shall be such as the Board of Directors for the Bank (the “Board of Directors” or “Board”) may from time to time reasonably direct, including normal duties as an officer of the Bank.

 

2.          Term of Agreement. The term of this Agreement shall be for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending three years thereafter (“Term”). Additionally, on, or before, each annual anniversary date from the Effective Date, the Term of this Agreement may be extended for up to an additional one year period beyond the then effective expiration date upon a determination and resolution of the Board of Directors that the performance of the Employee has met the requirements and standards of the Board, and that the Term of such Agreement shall be extended.

 

 

3.

Termination of Employment in Connection with or Subsequent to a Change in Control.

 

(a)       Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, in the event of the termination of Employee’s employment during the Term of this Agreement, absent Just Cause, in connection with, or within twenty-four (24) months after any Change in Control of the Bank or the Parent, Employee shall be paid an amount equal to the product of one (1) times the Employee’s “base amount” as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and regulations promulgated thereunder. Said sum shall be paid in one (1) lump sum as of or immediately prior to such date of termination of employment, and such payments shall be in lieu of any other severance payments which the Employee would be otherwise entitled to receive from the Bank or Parent. Additionally, the Employee and his or her dependents shall remain eligible to participate in the medical and dental insurance programs offered by the Bank to its employees through the remaining term of the Agreement, but in no

 

1

 


event for a period of less than eighteen months; provided that the Employee shall reimburse the Bank or any successor entity for the COBRA costs associated with continuation of such insurance coverage. Notwithstanding the forgoing, all sums payable hereunder shall be reduced in such manner and to such extent so that no such payments made hereunder when aggregated with all other payments to be made to the Employee by the Bank or the Parent shall be deemed an “excess parachute payment” in accordance with Section 280G of the Code and would subject the Employee to the excise tax provided at Section 4999(a) of the Code. The term “control” shall refer to the ownership, holding or power to vote more than 25% of the Bank’s or Parent(s outstanding voting stock by any person, the control of the election of a majority of the Bank’s or Parent(s directors, or the exercise of a controlling influence over the management or policies of the Bank or Parent by any person or by persons acting as a group within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”). The term “person” means an individual other than the Employee, or a corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein, other than the Employer or Parent. The provisions of this Section 3(a) shall survive the expiration of this Agreement occurring after a Change in Control.

 

(b)       Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, except as provided at Sections 4(b), 4(c), 4(d) and 5, Employee may voluntary terminate his employment during the Term of this Agreement following a Change in Control of the Bank or Parent, and Employee (or his estate in the event of death after a Change in Control but prior to payment) shall thereupon be entitled to receive the payment described in Section 3(a) of this Agreement, upon the occurrence, or within ninety (90) days thereafter, of any of the following events, which have not been consented to in advance by the Employee in writing: (i) if Employee would be required to move his personal residence or perform his principal executive functions more than thirty-five (35) miles from the Employee’s primary office as of the signing of this Agreement; (ii) if in the organizational structure of the Bank, Employee would be required to report to a person or persons other than the President or the Board of Directors of the Bank; (iii) if the Bank should fail to maintain the Employee’s base compensation as in effect as of the date of the Change in Control and existing employee benefits plans, including material fringe benefit, and retirement plans, except to the extent that such reduction in benefit programs is part of an overall adjustment in benefits for all employees of the Bank and does not disproportionately adversely impact the Employee; (iv) if Employee would be assigned duties and responsibilities other than those normally associated with his position as referenced at Section 1, herein; or (vi) if Employee’s responsibilities or authority have in any way been materially diminished or reduced.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of the Employee’s Termination of Employment under this Section 3(b), the Bank will have a period of 30 calendar days following notice from the Employee during which period the Bank may remedy the condition, and thereby not be required to pay the amount due to the Employee under Section 3(a) and such Termination of Employment shall not be deemed effective.

 

The provisions of this Section 3(b) shall survive the expiration of this Agreement occurring after a Change in Control.

 

2

 


 

 

4.

Other Changes in Employment Status.

 

(a)       Except as provided for at Section 3, herein, the Board of Directors may terminate the Employee’s employment at any time with or without Just Cause within its sole discretion. This Agreement shall not be deemed to give the Employee any right to be retained in the employment or service of the Bank or to interfere with the right of the Bank to terminate the employment of the Employee at any time. Except as detailed at Section 3, herein, the Employee shall have no right under this Agreement to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Termination of Employment with or without Just Cause. Termination for “Just Cause” shall include termination because of the Employee’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of the Agreement.

 

(b)       If the Employee is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Sections 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”) (12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1)), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate, as of the effective date of the order, but the vested rights of the parties shall not be affected.

 

(c)       If the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of FDIA) all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

 

(d)       Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any payments made to the Employee pursuant to the Agreement, or otherwise, shall be subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 USC ‘1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

5.          Suspension of Employment. If the Employee is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(3) and (g)(1)), the Bank’s obligations under the Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may within its discretion (i) pay the Employee all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate any of its obligations which were suspended.

 

 

6.

Successors and Assigns.

 

(a)       This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any corporate or other successor of the Bank which shall acquire, directly or indirectly, by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, all or substantially all of the assets or stock of the Bank.

 

(b)       The Employee shall be precluded from assigning or delegating his rights or duties hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of the Bank.

 

3

 


 

7.          Amendments. No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto unless made in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise specifically provided.

 

8.          Applicable Law. This agreement shall be governed by all respects whether as to validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise, by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, except to the extent that Federal law shall be deemed to apply.

 

9.          Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

 

10.        Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in accordance with the rules then in effect of the district office of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) or other mutually agreeable alternative dispute resolution entity nearest to the home office of the Bank and judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, except to the extent that the parties may otherwise reach a mutual settlement of such issue. The Bank shall reimburse Employee for all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from such dispute, proceedings or actions, following the delivery of the decision of the arbitrator finding in favor of the Employee. Further, the settlement of the dispute to be approved by the Board of the Bank or the Parent may include a provision for the reimbursement by the Bank to the Employee for all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from such dispute, proceedings or actions, or the Board of the Bank or the Parent may authorize such reimbursement of such reasonable costs and expenses by separate action upon a written action and determination of the Board following settlement of the dispute. The provisions of this Section 10 shall survive the expiration of this Agreement.

 

11.        Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with any understanding or modifications thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties, shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto and shall supercede all prior agreements with respect to the matters set forth herein.

 

 

12.

Compliance With Section 409A.

 

(a)       Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if it is determined by the Bank or the Parent in good faith that such Employee shall be a (specified employee( in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder, and if the payment under Section 3(a) does not qualify as a short-term deferral under Code Section 409A and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(4) (or any similar or successor provisions), and that such payments to be made to such Employee are subject to such limitations at Section 409A of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder, any payments to be made in accordance with this Agreement shall not be made prior to the date that is 184 calendar days from the date of the Employee(s Termination of Employment, or such later date as may be necessary, so that such payments, when made, will not result in the requirement for the Employee to pay additional

 

4

 


interest and taxes to be imposed in accordance with Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code. The provisions of this Section 12 shall survive the expiration of this Agreement.

 

(b)       “Termination of Employment” shall have the same meaning as “separation from service”, as that phrase is defined in Code Section 409A (taking into account all rules and presumptions provided for in the Code Section 409A regulations).

 

 

(c)

Notwithstanding the six-month delay rule set forth in Section 12(a) above:

 

(i)        To the maximum extent permitted under Code Section 409A and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) (or any similar or successor provisions), the Bank will pay the Employee an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17) for the year in which the Employee’s Termination of Employment occurs, and (2) the sum of the Employee’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay for services provided to the Bank for the taxable year of the Employee preceding the taxable year of the Employee in which his Termination of Employment occurs (adjusted for any increase during that year that was expected to continue indefinitely if the Employee had not had a Termination of Employment); provided that amounts paid under this Section 12(c) must be paid no later than the last day of the second taxable year of the Employee following the taxable year of the Employee in which occurs the Termination of Employment and such amounts paid will count toward, and will not be in addition to, the total payment amount required to be made to the Employee by the Bank under Section 3(a); and

 

(ii)       To the maximum extent permitted under Code Section 409A and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(9)(v)(D) (or any similar or successor provisions), within ten (10) days of the Termination of Employment, the Bank will pay the Employee an amount equal to the applicable dollar amount under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B) for the year of the Employee’s Termination of Employment; provided that the amount paid under this Section12(c) will count toward, and will not be in addition to, the total payment amount required to be made to the Employee by the Bank under Section 3(a).

 

(d)       Upon a termination of the Agreement, the Employee may receive a lump sum payment immediately paid to the Employee (without regard to any actual Termination of Employment), provided, however, any such distributions to be made in accordance with this Section 12(d) shall comply with the requirements and limitation under Section 409A of the Code, including that such lump-sum distribution shall only be made: (1) within thirty (30) days before, or twelve (12) months after a change in the ownership or effective control of the Bank or Parent, or change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank or Parent as described in Section 409A(a) (2)(A)(v) of the Code and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5) (or any similar or successor provisions), provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Agreement and further provided that all of the Bank’s

 

5

 


arrangements which are substantially similar to the Agreement are terminated so the Employee and all participants under similar arrangements shall receive all amounts of deferred compensation under such terminated agreements within twelve (12) months of the termination of the arrangements; (2) Upon the Bank’s dissolution or with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under the Agreement are included in the Employee’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or (3) Upon the Bank’s termination of this and all other separation pay plans (as referenced in Section 409A of the Code or the regulations thereunder), provided that all distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and the Bank does not adopt any new separation pay plans for a minimum of three (3) years following the date of such termination.

 

 

6

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date first hereinabove written.

 

 

ATTEST:

 

IRWIN BANK

 

 

 

/s/ Margaret P. O’Neal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Charles G. Urtin

 

 

 

Charles G. Urtin
President

 

 

 

 

WITNESS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Margaret P. O’Neal

 

 

/s/ Raymond G. Suchta

 

 

 

Raymond G. Suchta
Employee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EX-10 10 ex10-9.htm EXHIBIT 10.9

CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

As Amended and Restated

 

THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) entered into this 17th day of December 2007 (“Effective Date”), by and between Irwin Bank, Irwin, Pennsylvania (the “Bank”), and Robert A. Bowell (the “Employee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Employee is currently employed by the Bank as Executive Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer and is experienced in all phases of the business of the Bank; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth the continuing rights and responsibilities of the Bank and Employee if the Bank should undergo a change in control (as defined hereinafter in the Agreement) after the Effective Date.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, it is AGREED as follows:

 

1.          Employment. The Employee is employed in the capacity as the Executive Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer of the Bank. The Employee shall render such administrative and management services to the Bank and IBT Bancorp, Inc. (the “Parent”) as are currently rendered and as are customarily performed by persons situated in a similar executive capacity. The Employee’s other duties shall be such as the Board of Directors for the Bank (the “Board of Directors” or “Board”) may from time to time reasonably direct, including normal duties as an officer of the Bank.

 

2.          Term of Agreement. The term of this Agreement shall be for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending three years thereafter (“Term”). Additionally, on, or before, each annual anniversary date from the Effective Date, the Term of this Agreement may be extended for up to an additional one year period beyond the then effective expiration date upon a determination and resolution of the Board of Directors that the performance of the Employee has met the requirements and standards of the Board, and that the Term of such Agreement shall be extended.

 

 

3.

Termination of Employment in Connection with or Subsequent to a Change in Control.

 

(a)       Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, in the event of the termination of Employee’s employment during the Term of this Agreement, absent Just Cause, in connection with, or within twenty-four (24) months after any Change in Control of the Bank or the Parent, Employee shall be paid an amount equal to the product of two (2) times the Employee’s “base amount” as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and regulations promulgated thereunder. Said sum shall be paid in one (1) lump sum as of or immediately prior to such date of termination of employment, and such payments shall be in lieu of any other severance payments which the Employee would be otherwise entitled to receive from the Bank or Parent. Additionally, the Employee and his or her dependents shall remain eligible to participate in the medical and dental insurance programs

 

1

 


offered by the Bank to its employees through the remaining term of the Agreement, but in no event for a period of less than eighteen months; provided that the Employee shall reimburse the Bank or any successor entity for the COBRA costs associated with continuation of such insurance coverage. Notwithstanding the forgoing, all sums payable hereunder shall be reduced in such manner and to such extent so that no such payments made hereunder when aggregated with all other payments to be made to the Employee by the Bank or the Parent shall be deemed an “excess parachute payment” in accordance with Section 280G of the Code and would subject the Employee to the excise tax provided at Section 4999(a) of the Code. The term “control” shall refer to the ownership, holding or power to vote more than 25% of the Bank’s or Parent(s outstanding voting stock by any person, the control of the election of a majority of the Bank’s or Parent(s directors, or the exercise of a controlling influence over the management or policies of the Bank or Parent by any person or by persons acting as a group within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”). The term “person” means an individual other than the Employee, or a corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein, other than the Employer or Parent. The provisions of this Section 3(a) shall survive the expiration of this Agreement occurring after a Change in Control.

 

(b)       Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, except as provided at Sections 4(b), 4(c), 4(d) and 5, Employee may voluntary terminate his employment during the Term of this Agreement following a Change in Control of the Bank or Parent, and Employee (or his estate in the event of death after a Change in Control but prior to payment) shall thereupon be entitled to receive the payment described in Section 3(a) of this Agreement, upon the occurrence, or within ninety (90) days thereafter, of any of the following events, which have not been consented to in advance by the Employee in writing: (i) if Employee would be required to move his personal residence or perform his principal executive functions more than thirty-five (35) miles from the Employee’s primary office as of the signing of this Agreement; (ii) if in the organizational structure of the Bank, Employee would be required to report to a person or persons other than the President or the Board of Directors of the Bank; (iii) if the Bank should fail to maintain the Employee’s base compensation as in effect as of the date of the Change in Control and existing employee benefits plans, including material fringe benefit, and retirement plans, except to the extent that such reduction in benefit programs is part of an overall adjustment in benefits for all employees of the Bank and does not disproportionately adversely impact the Employee; (iv) if Employee would be assigned duties and responsibilities other than those normally associated with his position as referenced at Section 1, herein; or (vi) if Employee’s responsibilities or authority have in any way been materially diminished or reduced.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of the Employee’s Termination of Employment under this Section 3(b), the Bank will have a period of 30 calendar days following notice from the Employee during which period the Bank may remedy the condition, and thereby not be required to pay the amount due to the Employee under Section 3(a) and such Termination of Employment shall not be deemed effective.

 

The provisions of this Section 3(b) shall survive the expiration of this Agreement occurring after a Change in Control.

 

2

 


4.      Other Changes in Employment Status.

 

(a)       Except as provided for at Section 3, herein, the Board of Directors may terminate the Employee’s employment at any time with or without Just Cause within its sole discretion. This Agreement shall not be deemed to give the Employee any right to be retained in the employment or service of the Bank or to interfere with the right of the Bank to terminate the employment of the Employee at any time. Except as detailed at Section 3, herein, the Employee shall have no right under this Agreement to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Termination of Employment with or without Just Cause. Termination for “Just Cause” shall include termination because of the Employee’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of the Agreement.

 

(b)       If the Employee is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Sections 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”) (12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1)), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate, as of the effective date of the order, but the vested rights of the parties shall not be affected.

 

(c)       If the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of FDIA) all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

 

(d)       Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any payments made to the Employee pursuant to the Agreement, or otherwise, shall be subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 USC ‘1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

5.          Suspension of Employment. If the Employee is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(3) and (g)(1)), the Bank’s obligations under the Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may within its discretion (i) pay the Employee all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate any of its obligations which were suspended.

 

 

6.

Successors and Assigns.

 

(a)       This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any corporate or other successor of the Bank which shall acquire, directly or indirectly, by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, all or substantially all of the assets or stock of the Bank.

 

(b)       The Employee shall be precluded from assigning or delegating his rights or duties hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of the Bank.

 

3

 


7.          Amendments. No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto unless made in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise specifically provided.

 

8.          Applicable Law. This agreement shall be governed by all respects whether as to validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise, by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, except to the extent that Federal law shall be deemed to apply.

 

9.          Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

 

10.        Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in accordance with the rules then in effect of the district office of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) or other mutually agreeable alternative dispute resolution entity nearest to the home office of the Bank and judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, except to the extent that the parties may otherwise reach a mutual settlement of such issue. The Bank shall reimburse Employee for all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from such dispute, proceedings or actions, following the delivery of the decision of the arbitrator finding in favor of the Employee. Further, the settlement of the dispute to be approved by the Board of the Bank or the Parent may include a provision for the reimbursement by the Bank to the Employee for all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from such dispute, proceedings or actions, or the Board of the Bank or the Parent may authorize such reimbursement of such reasonable costs and expenses by separate action upon a written action and determination of the Board following settlement of the dispute. The provisions of this Section 10 shall survive the expiration of this Agreement.

 

11.        Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with any understanding or modifications thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties, shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto and shall supercede all prior agreements with respect to the matters set forth herein.

 

 

12.

Compliance With Section 409A.

 

(a)       Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if it is determined by the Bank or the Parent in good faith that such Employee shall be a (specified employee( in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder, and if the payment under Section 3(a) does not qualify as a short-term deferral under Code Section 409A and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(4) (or any similar or successor provisions), and that such payments to be made to such Employee are subject to such limitations at Section 409A of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder, any payments to be made in accordance with this Agreement shall not be made prior to the date that is 184 calendar days from the date of the Employee(s Termination of Employment, or such later date as may be necessary, so that such payments, when made, will not result in the requirement for the Employee to pay additional

 

4

 


interest and taxes to be imposed in accordance with Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code. The provisions of this Section 12 shall survive the expiration of this Agreement.

 

(b)       “Termination of Employment” shall have the same meaning as “separation from service”, as that phrase is defined in Code Section 409A (taking into account all rules and presumptions provided for in the Code Section 409A regulations).

 

 

(c)

Notwithstanding the six-month delay rule set forth in Section 12(a) above:

 

(i)        To the maximum extent permitted under Code Section 409A and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) (or any similar or successor provisions), the Bank will pay the Employee an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17) for the year in which the Employee’s Termination of Employment occurs, and (2) the sum of the Employee’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay for services provided to the Bank for the taxable year of the Employee preceding the taxable year of the Employee in which his Termination of Employment occurs (adjusted for any increase during that year that was expected to continue indefinitely if the Employee had not had a Termination of Employment); provided that amounts paid under this Section 12(c) must be paid no later than the last day of the second taxable year of the Employee following the taxable year of the Employee in which occurs the Termination of Employment and such amounts paid will count toward, and will not be in addition to, the total payment amount required to be made to the Employee by the Bank under Section 3(a); and

 

(ii)       To the maximum extent permitted under Code Section 409A and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(9)(v)(D) (or any similar or successor provisions), within ten (10) days of the Termination of Employment, the Bank will pay the Employee an amount equal to the applicable dollar amount under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B) for the year of the Employee’s Termination of Employment; provided that the amount paid under this Section12(c) will count toward, and will not be in addition to, the total payment amount required to be made to the Employee by the Bank under Section 3(a).

 

(d)       Upon a termination of the Agreement, the Employee may receive a lump sum payment immediately paid to the Employee (without regard to any actual Termination of Employment), provided, however, any such distributions to be made in accordance with this Section 12(d) shall comply with the requirements and limitation under Section 409A of the Code, including that such lump-sum distribution shall only be made: (1) within thirty (30) days before, or twelve (12) months after a change in the ownership or effective control of the Bank or Parent, or change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank or Parent as described in Section 409A(a) (2)(A)(v) of the Code and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5) (or any similar or successor provisions), provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Agreement and further provided that all of the Bank’s

 

5

 


arrangements which are substantially similar to the Agreement are terminated so the Employee and all participants under similar arrangements shall receive all amounts of deferred compensation under such terminated agreements within twelve (12) months of the termination of the arrangements; (2) Upon the Bank’s dissolution or with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under the Agreement are included in the Employee’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or (3) Upon the Bank’s termination of this and all other separation pay plans (as referenced in Section 409A of the Code or the regulations thereunder), provided that all distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and the Bank does not adopt any new separation pay plans for a minimum of three (3) years following the date of such termination.

 

 

6

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date first hereinabove written.

 

 

ATTEST:

 

IRWIN BANK

 

 

 

/s/ Margaret P. O’Neal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Charles G. Urtin

 

 

 

Charles G. Urtin
President

 

 

 

 

WITNESS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Margaret P. O’Neal

 

 

/s/ Robert A. Bowell

 

 

 

Robert A. Bowell
Employee

 

 

 

 

EX-10 11 ex10-10.htm EXHIBIT 10.10

CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

As Amended and Restated

 

THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) entered into this 17th day of December 2007 (“Effective Date”), by and between Irwin Bank, Irwin, Pennsylvania (the “Bank”), and David A. Finui (the “Employee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Employee is currently employed by the Bank as Senior Vice President, Chief Retail Banking, and Wealth Management Officer and is experienced in all phases of the business of the Bank; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth the continuing rights and responsibilities of the Bank and Employee if the Bank should undergo a change in control (as defined hereinafter in the Agreement) after the Effective Date.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, it is AGREED as follows:

 

1.          Employment. The Employee is employed in the capacity as the Senior Vice President, Chief Retail Banking, and Wealth Management Officer. The Employee shall render such administrative and management services to the Bank and IBT Bancorp, Inc. (the “Parent”) as are currently rendered and as are customarily performed by persons situated in a similar executive capacity. The Employee’s other duties shall be such as the Board of Directors for the Bank (the “Board of Directors” or “Board”) may from time to time reasonably direct, including normal duties as an officer of the Bank.

 

2.          Term of Agreement. The term of this Agreement shall be for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending three years thereafter (“Term”). Additionally, on, or before, each annual anniversary date from the Effective Date, the Term of this Agreement may be extended for up to an additional one year period beyond the then effective expiration date upon a determination and resolution of the Board of Directors that the performance of the Employee has met the requirements and standards of the Board, and that the Term of such Agreement shall be extended.

 

 

3.

Termination of Employment in Connection with or Subsequent to a Change in Control.

 

(a)       Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, in the event of the termination of Employee’s employment during the Term of this Agreement, absent Just Cause, in connection with, or within twenty-four (24) months after any Change in Control of the Bank or the Parent, Employee shall be paid an amount equal to the product of one (1) times the Employee’s “base amount” as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and regulations promulgated thereunder. Said sum shall be paid in one (1) lump sum as of or immediately prior to such date of termination of employment, and such payments shall be in lieu of any other severance payments which the Employee would be otherwise entitled to receive from the Bank or Parent. Additionally, the Employee and his or her dependents shall remain eligible to participate in the medical and dental insurance programs

 

1

 


offered by the Bank to its employees through the remaining term of the Agreement, but in no event for a period of less than eighteen months; provided that the Employee shall reimburse the Bank or any successor entity for the COBRA costs associated with continuation of such insurance coverage. Notwithstanding the forgoing, all sums payable hereunder shall be reduced in such manner and to such extent so that no such payments made hereunder when aggregated with all other payments to be made to the Employee by the Bank or the Parent shall be deemed an “excess parachute payment” in accordance with Section 280G of the Code and would subject the Employee to the excise tax provided at Section 4999(a) of the Code. The term “control” shall refer to the ownership, holding or power to vote more than 25% of the Bank’s or Parent(s outstanding voting stock by any person, the control of the election of a majority of the Bank’s or Parent(s directors, or the exercise of a controlling influence over the management or policies of the Bank or Parent by any person or by persons acting as a group within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”). The term “person” means an individual other than the Employee, or a corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein, other than the Employer or Parent. The provisions of this Section 3(a) shall survive the expiration of this Agreement occurring after a Change in Control.

 

(b)       Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, except as provided at Sections 4(b), 4(c), 4(d) and 5, Employee may voluntary terminate his employment during the Term of this Agreement following a Change in Control of the Bank or Parent, and Employee (or his estate in the event of death after a Change in Control but prior to payment) shall thereupon be entitled to receive the payment described in Section 3(a) of this Agreement, upon the occurrence, or within ninety (90) days thereafter, of any of the following events, which have not been consented to in advance by the Employee in writing: (i) if Employee would be required to move his personal residence or perform his principal executive functions more than thirty-five (35) miles from the Employee’s primary office as of the signing of this Agreement; (ii) if in the organizational structure of the Bank, Employee would be required to report to a person or persons other than the President or the Board of Directors of the Bank; (iii) if the Bank should fail to maintain the Employee’s base compensation as in effect as of the date of the Change in Control and existing employee benefits plans, including material fringe benefit, and retirement plans, except to the extent that such reduction in benefit programs is part of an overall adjustment in benefits for all employees of the Bank and does not disproportionately adversely impact the Employee; (iv) if Employee would be assigned duties and responsibilities other than those normally associated with his position as referenced at Section 1, herein; or (vi) if Employee’s responsibilities or authority have in any way been materially diminished or reduced.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of the Employee’s Termination of Employment under this Section 3(b), the Bank will have a period of 30 calendar days following notice from the Employee during which period the Bank may remedy the condition, and thereby not be required to pay the amount due to the Employee under Section 3(a) and such Termination of Employment shall not be deemed effective.

 

The provisions of this Section 3(b) shall survive the expiration of this Agreement occurring after a Change in Control.

 

2

 


 

 

4.

Other Changes in Employment Status.

 

(a)       Except as provided for at Section 3, herein, the Board of Directors may terminate the Employee’s employment at any time with or without Just Cause within its sole discretion. This Agreement shall not be deemed to give the Employee any right to be retained in the employment or service of the Bank or to interfere with the right of the Bank to terminate the employment of the Employee at any time. Except as detailed at Section 3, herein, the Employee shall have no right under this Agreement to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Termination of Employment with or without Just Cause. Termination for “Just Cause” shall include termination because of the Employee’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of the Agreement.

 

(b)       If the Employee is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Sections 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”) (12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1)), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate, as of the effective date of the order, but the vested rights of the parties shall not be affected.

 

(c)       If the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of FDIA) all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

 

(d)       Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any payments made to the Employee pursuant to the Agreement, or otherwise, shall be subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 USC ‘1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

5.          Suspension of Employment. If the Employee is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(3) and (g)(1)), the Bank’s obligations under the Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may within its discretion (i) pay the Employee all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate any of its obligations which were suspended.

 

 

6.

Successors and Assigns.

 

(a)       This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any corporate or other successor of the Bank which shall acquire, directly or indirectly, by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, all or substantially all of the assets or stock of the Bank.

 

3

 


(b)       The Employee shall be precluded from assigning or delegating his rights or duties hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of the Bank.

 

7.          Amendments. No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto unless made in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise specifically provided.

 

8.          Applicable Law. This agreement shall be governed by all respects whether as to validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise, by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, except to the extent that Federal law shall be deemed to apply.

 

9.          Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

 

10.        Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in accordance with the rules then in effect of the district office of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) or other mutually agreeable alternative dispute resolution entity nearest to the home office of the Bank and judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, except to the extent that the parties may otherwise reach a mutual settlement of such issue. The Bank shall reimburse Employee for all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from such dispute, proceedings or actions, following the delivery of the decision of the arbitrator finding in favor of the Employee. Further, the settlement of the dispute to be approved by the Board of the Bank or the Parent may include a provision for the reimbursement by the Bank to the Employee for all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from such dispute, proceedings or actions, or the Board of the Bank or the Parent may authorize such reimbursement of such reasonable costs and expenses by separate action upon a written action and determination of the Board following settlement of the dispute. The provisions of this Section 10 shall survive the expiration of this Agreement.

 

11.        Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with any understanding or modifications thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties, shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto and shall supercede all prior agreements with respect to the matters set forth herein.

 

 

12.

Compliance With Section 409A.

 

(a)       Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if it is determined by the Bank or the Parent in good faith that such Employee shall be a (specified employee( in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder, and if the payment under Section 3(a) does not qualify as a short-term deferral under Code Section 409A and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(4) (or any similar or successor provisions), and that such payments to be made to such Employee are subject to such limitations at Section 409A of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder, any payments to be made in accordance with this Agreement shall not be made prior to the date that is 184 calendar days from the date of the

 

4

 


Employee(s Termination of Employment, or such later date as may be necessary, so that such payments, when made, will not result in the requirement for the Employee to pay additional interest and taxes to be imposed in accordance with Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code. The provisions of this Section 12 shall survive the expiration of this Agreement.

 

(b)       “Termination of Employment” shall have the same meaning as “separation from service”, as that phrase is defined in Code Section 409A (taking into account all rules and presumptions provided for in the Code Section 409A regulations).

 

 

(c)

Notwithstanding the six-month delay rule set forth in Section 12(a) above:

 

(i)        To the maximum extent permitted under Code Section 409A and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) (or any similar or successor provisions), the Bank will pay the Employee an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17) for the year in which the Employee’s Termination of Employment occurs, and (2) the sum of the Employee’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay for services provided to the Bank for the taxable year of the Employee preceding the taxable year of the Employee in which his Termination of Employment occurs (adjusted for any increase during that year that was expected to continue indefinitely if the Employee had not had a Termination of Employment); provided that amounts paid under this Section 12(c) must be paid no later than the last day of the second taxable year of the Employee following the taxable year of the Employee in which occurs the Termination of Employment and such amounts paid will count toward, and will not be in addition to, the total payment amount required to be made to the Employee by the Bank under Section 3(a); and

 

(ii)       To the maximum extent permitted under Code Section 409A and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(9)(v)(D) (or any similar or successor provisions), within ten (10) days of the Termination of Employment, the Bank will pay the Employee an amount equal to the applicable dollar amount under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B) for the year of the Employee’s Termination of Employment; provided that the amount paid under this Section12(c) will count toward, and will not be in addition to, the total payment amount required to be made to the Employee by the Bank under Section 3(a).

 

(d)       Upon a termination of the Agreement, the Employee may receive a lump sum payment immediately paid to the Employee (without regard to any actual Termination of Employment), provided, however, any such distributions to be made in accordance with this Section 12(d) shall comply with the requirements and limitation under Section 409A of the Code, including that such lump-sum distribution shall only be made: (1) within thirty (30) days before, or twelve (12) months after a change in the ownership or effective control of the Bank or Parent, or change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank or Parent as described in Section 409A(a) (2)(A)(v) of the Code and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5) (or any

 

5

 


similar or successor provisions), provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Agreement and further provided that all of the Bank’s arrangements which are substantially similar to the Agreement are terminated so the Employee and all participants under similar arrangements shall receive all amounts of deferred compensation under such terminated agreements within twelve (12) months of the termination of the arrangements; (2) Upon the Bank’s dissolution or with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under the Agreement are included in the Employee’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or (3) Upon the Bank’s termination of this and all other separation pay plans (as referenced in Section 409A of the Code or the regulations thereunder), provided that all distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and the Bank does not adopt any new separation pay plans for a minimum of three (3) years following the date of such termination.

 

 

6

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date first hereinabove written.

 

 

ATTEST:

 

IRWIN BANK

 

 

 

/s/ Margaret P. O’Neal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Charles G. Urtin

 

 

 

Charles G. Urtin
President

 

 

 

 

WITNESS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Margaret P. O’Neal

 

 

/s/ David A. Finui

 

 

 

David A. Finui
Employee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EX-10 12 ex10-11.htm EXHIBIT 10.11

 

ADDENDUM TO THE

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

Amended and Restated

 

THIS ADDENDUM (“Addendum”) TO THE CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED AND RESTATED (“Agreement”), dated the 16th day of December 2007, by and between Irwin Bank (the “Bank”), IBT Bancorp, Inc. (“Parent”) and Charles G. Urtin (the “Employee”) is entered into as of December 31, 2007 by and among the Bank, S&T Bancorp, Inc. (“ST”) and the Employee.

 

WHEREAS, the Employee is currently employed by the Bank as President and is experienced in certain phases of the business of the Bank; and

 

WHEREAS, ST contemplates merging with the Parent and the Bank in conjunction with the Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Merger Agreement”) by and between ST and IBT, dated December 16, 2007 (“Merger”); and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth certain modifications to the Agreement as set forth in this Addendum.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, as of December 31, 2007, it is AGREED between the Bank, Parent, ST and the Employee, as follows:

 

1.         The Bank, Parent, the Employee and S&T agree that, subject to the Employee continuing to serve as President of the Bank until the Effective Date (as defined in the Merger Agreement), the Bank shall pay the Employee the amount specified at 3(a) of the Agreement (less any Code Section 280G reductions required in accordance with Section 3(a) of the Agreement and less any applicable payroll tax withholding) as of the Effective Date, but not later than December 31, 2008, without regard to any actual termination of employment of the Employee as of or after the Effective Date or notice of termination. Upon the Bank making such payment to the Employee, the Agreement will be terminated (notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement) and no other payments shall be made to the Employee pursuant to the Agreement and the Employee shall not be entitled to any severance payments or severance benefits from Parent or the Bank, other than medical and dental insurance to the extent provided for pursuant to the terms of the Medical Insurance Continuation Agreement, dated February 21, 2006, by and between the Bank and the Employee (the “Medical Continuation Agreement”). The parties hereto agree that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Medical Continuation Agreement, any medical and dental coverage required to be provided under such agreement may, in the discretion of S&T and the Bank, be provided through any medical or dental plan or policy designated by S&T or the Bank that provides substantially equivalent benefits. Employee agrees that this Addendum shall constitute a valid amendment to the Medical Continuation Agreement and that he will not exercise any stock options covering Parent stock prior to January 1, 2008.

 

2.         Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as otherwise written.

 

 

 

 


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on December __, 2007.

 

 

Irwin Bank

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Robert A. Bowell

 

/s/ Raymond G. Suchta

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

IBT Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

By:

 

 

 

 /s/ Robert A. Bowell

 

/s/ Raymond G. Suchta

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

WITNESS:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Margaret P. O’Neal

 

/s/ Charles G. Urtin

 

 

Charles G. Urtin, Employee

 

 

 

S&T Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Julie I. Zolocsik

 

/s/ James C. Miller

Assistant Secretary

 

Chairman and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

EX-10 13 ex10-12.htm EXHIBIT 10.12

 

ADDENDUM TO THE

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

Amended and Restated

 

THIS ADDENDUM (“Addendum”) TO THE CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED AND RESTATED (“Agreement”), dated the 16th day of December 2007, by and between Irwin Bank (the “Bank”) and Raymond G. Suchta (the “Employee”) is entered into as of December 31, 2007 by and among the Bank, S&T Bancorp, Inc. (“ST”) and the Employee.

 

WHEREAS, the Employee is currently employed by the Bank as Senior Vice President and is experienced in certain phases of the business of the Bank; and

 

WHEREAS, ST contemplates merging with IBT Bancorp, Inc. (the “Parent”) and the Bank in conjunction with the Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Merger Agreement”) by and between ST and IBT, dated December 16, 2007 (“Merger”); and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth certain modifications to the Agreement as set forth in this Addendum.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, as of December 31, 2007, it is AGREED between the Bank, ST and the Employee, as follows:

 

1.         The Bank, the Employee and S&T agree that, subject to the Employee continuing to serve as Senior Vice President of the Bank until the Effective Date (as defined in the Merger Agreement), the Bank shall pay the Employee the amount specified at 3(a) of the Agreement (less any Code Section 280G reductions required in accordance with Section 3(a) of the Agreement and less any applicable payroll tax withholding) as of the Effective Date, but not later than December 31, 2008, without regard to any actual termination of employment of the Employee as of or after the Effective Date or notice of termination. Upon the Bank making such payment to the Employee, the Agreement will be terminated (notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement) and no other payments shall be made to the Employee pursuant to the Agreement and the Employee shall not be entitled to any severance payments or severance benefits from Parent or the Bank, except that the Employee has the right to continue his medical insurance coverage under COBRA, and S&T shall pay the costs of such coverage, through the time of enrollment in coverage under another employer; provided, however, that in no event shall S&T make such payments for a period longer than the first twelve months following the Effective Date. S&T may provide such continued medical coverage through any medical plan or policy that provides substantially equivalent benefits. Employee agrees that he will not exercise any stock options covering Parent stock prior to January 1, 2008.

 

2.         Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as otherwise written.

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on December __, 2007.

 

 

 

Irwin Bank

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

By:

 

 

 

 /s/ Robert A. Bowell

 

/s/ Charles G. Urtin

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WITNESS:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Margaret P. O’Neal

 

/s/ Raymond G. Suchta

 

 

Raymond G. Suchta, Employee

 

 

 

S&T Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Julie I. Zolocsik

 

/s/ James C. Miller

Assistant Secretary

 

Chairman and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

EX-10 14 ex10-13.htm EXHIBIT 10.13

ADDENDUM TO THE

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

Amended and Restated

 

THIS ADDENDUM (“Addendum”) TO THE CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED AND RESTATED (“Agreement”), dated the 16th day of December 2007, by and between Irwin Bank (the “Bank”), IBT Bancorp, Inc. (“Parent”) and David A. Finui (the “Employee”) is entered into as of December 31, 2007 by and among the Bank, S&T Bancorp, Inc. (“S&T”) and the Employee.

 

WHEREAS, the Employee is currently employed by the Bank as Senior Vice President, Chief Retail Banking, and Wealth Management Officer and is experienced in certain phases of the business of the Bank; and

 

WHEREAS, ST contemplates merging with the Parent and the Bank in conjunction with the Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Merger Agreement”) by and between S&T and IBT, dated December 16, 2007 (“Merger”); and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth certain modifications to the Agreement as set forth in this Addendum.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, as of December 31, 2007, it is AGREED between the Bank, S&T and the Employee, as follows:

 

1.         The Bank, Parent, the Employee and S&T agree that, subject to the Employee continuing to serve as Senior Vice President, Chief Retail Banking and Wealth Management Officer of the Bank until the Effective Date (as defined in the Merger Agreement), the Bank shall pay the Employee the amount specified at 3(a) of the Agreement (less any Code Section 280G reductions required in accordance with Section 3(a) of the Agreement and less any applicable payroll tax withholding) upon the Employee’s termination of employment in the event that: (a) the Employee does not accept an offer of employment from S&T or S&T Bank effective as of the Effective Date and the Employee terminates employment with the Bank, Parent, and S&T as of the Effective Date in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Agreement, (b) within 90 days after the Effective Date, the Employee terminates employment with the Bank, Parent, S&T and S&T Bank in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Agreement, or (c) notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in S&T’s Disclosure Schedule to the Merger Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2007, the Employee accepts an offer of employment from S&T or S&T Bank effective as of the Effective Date, however the Employee’s employment with S&T and S&T Bank is terminated without Just Cause prior to the two year anniversary of the Effective Date. If the Bank makes such payment to the Employee, then upon the making of such payment, the Agreement will be terminated (notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement) and no other payments shall be made to the Employee pursuant to the Agreement and the Employee shall not be entitled to any severance payments or

 


 

 

severance benefits from Parent or the Bank, except that the Employee shall continue to participate in the group medical insurance plans of S&T for himself and his dependants, with S&T Bank paying the costs of such coverage, through the time of enrollment in coverage under another employer; provided, however, that in no event shall the Employee’s participation in the group medical insurance plans of S&T last longer than one year from the Effective Date. S&T may provide such continued medical coverage through any medical plan or policy that provides substantially equivalent benefits. Employee agrees that he will not exercise any stock options covering Parent stock prior to January 1, 2008.

 

2.         If the Employee does not accept an offer of employment from S&T or S&T Bank effective as of the Effective Date and the Employee does not terminate employment with the Bank, Parent, S&T and S&T Bank within 90 days after the Effective Date, (a) neither S&T, nor S&T Bank shall have any obligation to continue the Employee’s employment beyond the 90th day following the Effective Date and (b) Section 3(a) of the Agreement shall cease to apply and the Employee shall not be entitled to terminate employment thereunder and receive any payments or benefits under the Agreement.

 

3.         Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as otherwise written.

 

 

2

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on December __, 2007.

 

 

Irwin Bank

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

By:

 

 

 

 /s/ Robert A. Bowell

 

/s/ Charles G. Urtin

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WITNESS:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Margaret P. O’Neal

 

/s/ David A. Finui

 

 

David A. Finui, Employee

 

 

 

S&T Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Julie I. Zolocsik

 

/s/ James C. Miller

Assistant Secretary

 

Chairman and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

EX-21 15 ex21.htm EXHIBIT 21

Exhibit 21

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

 

Parent

 

IBT Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

 

 

Subsidiaries

 

State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation

 

 

Percentage Ownership

 

 

 

 

 

Irwin Bank

 

Pennsylvania

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

T.A. of Irwin, LP

 

Pennsylvania

 

85%

 

 

 

 

EX-23 16 ex23.htm EXHIBIT 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

IBT Bancorp, Inc.

309 Main Street

Irwin, PA 15642

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement on Form S-8 pertaining to IBT Bancorp, Inc.’s 2000 Stock Option Plan filed June 29, 2000, of our reports dated March 5, 2008, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of IBT Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, which reports are included in the December 31, 2007 Form 10-K of IBT Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

    

 

Beard Miller Company LLP

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

March 12, 2008

 

 

EX-31 17 ex31-1.htm EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Charles G. Urtin, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of IBT Bancorp, Inc.;

 

2.         Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.         Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.         The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)           Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)          Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)           Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)          Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.         The issuer’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the issuer’s auditors and the audit committee of the issuer’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)           All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the issuer’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)          Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

 

Date: March 17, 2008

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Charles G. Urtin

 

 

 

Charles G. Urtin

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

EX-31 18 ex31-2.htm EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Raymond G. Suchta, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of IBT Bancorp, Inc.;

 

2.         Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.         Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.         The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)           Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)          Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)           Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)          Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.         The issuer’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the issuer’s auditors and the audit committee of the issuer’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)           All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the issuer’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)          Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

Date: March 17, 2008

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Raymond G. Suchta

 

 

 

Raymond G. Suchta

Chief  Financial Officer

 

 

 

EX-32 19 ex32.htm EXHIBIT 32

 


 

EXHIBIT 32

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 (the “Report”) of IBT Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, we, Charles G. Urtin, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Raymond G. Suchta, Chief Financial Officer, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)          The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)          The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

/s/ Charles G. Urtin

 

/s/ Raymond G. Suchta

Charles G. Urtin

 

Raymond G. Suchta

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

Date:

March 17, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----